Commit 1021bd6a89 excluded autovacuum workers from cost-limit balance
calculations when per-relation options were set. The code checks for
limit and cost_delay being greater than zero, but since cost_delay can
be set to -1 the test needs to check for greater than or zero.
Backpatch to all supported branches since 1021bd6a89 was backpatched
all the way at the time.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBS7o6Ljt_vfqPQPf67AhzKu3fR0iqk8B=vVYczMugKMQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: v11 (all supported branches)
The leak would show up when using batch inserts with foreign tables
included in a partition tree, as the slots used in the batch were not
reset once processed. In order to fix this problem, some
ExecClearTuple() are added to clean up the slots used once a batch is
filled and processed, mapping with the number of slots currently in use
as tracked by the counter ri_NumSlots.
This buffer refcount leak has been introduced in b676ac4 with the
addition of the executor facility to improve bulk inserts for FDWs, so
backpatch down to 14.
Alexander has provided the patch (slightly modified by me). The test
for postgres_fdw comes from me, based on the test case that the author
has sent in the report.
Author: Alexander Pyhalov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b035780a740efd38dc30790c76927255@postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 14
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age was introduced before hot_standby_feedback and
replication slots existed. It is hard to use reasonably - commonly it will
either be set too low (not preventing recovery conflicts, while still causing
some bloat), or too high (causing a lot of bloat). The alternatives do not
have that issue.
That on its own might not be sufficient reason to remove
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age, but it also complicates computation of xid
horizons. See e.g. the bug fixed in be504a3e97. It also is untested.
This commit removes TransactionIdRetreatSafely(), as there are no users
anymore. There might be potential future users, hence noting that here.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230317230930.nhsgk3qfk7f4axls@awork3.anarazel.de
Commit 04fe805a1 modified plpgsql so that datatype casts make use of
expressions cached by plancache.c, in place of older code where these
expression trees were managed by plpgsql itself. However, I (tgl)
forgot that we use a separate, shorter-lived cast info hashtable in
DO blocks. The new mechanism thus resulted in session-lifespan
leakage of the plancache data once a DO block containing one or more
casts terminated. To fix, split the cast hash table into two parts,
one that tracks only the plancache's CachedExpressions and one that
tracks the expression state trees generated from them. DO blocks need
their own expression state trees and hence their own version of the
second hash table, but there's no reason they can't share the
CachedExpressions with regular plpgsql functions.
Per report from Ajit Awekar. Back-patch to v12 where the issue
was introduced.
Ajit Awekar and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHv6PyrNaqdvyWUspzd3txYQguFTBSnhx+m6tS06TnM+KWc_LQ@mail.gmail.com
The name of this function suggests that it ought to reparent R/W
expanded objects to be children of the persistent aggcontext, instead
of copying them. In fact it does no such thing, and if you try to
make it do so you will see multiple regression failures. Rename it
to the less-misleading ExecAggCopyTransValue, and add commentary
about why that attractive-sounding optimization won't work. Also
adjust comments at call sites, some of which were describing logic
that has since been moved into ExecAggCopyTransValue.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3004282.1681930251@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 6df7a9698b accidentally included two identical prototypes for
default_multirange_selectivi() and commit 086cf1458c added a break;
statement where one was already present, thus duplicating it. While
there is no bug caused by this, fix by removing the duplicated lines
as they provide no value.
Backpatch the fix for duplicate prototypes to v14 and the duplicate
break statement fix to all supported branches to avoid backpatching
hazards due to the removal.
Reported-by: Anton Voloshin <a.voloshin@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0e69cb60-0176-f6d0-7e15-6478b7d85724@postgrespro.ru
We need to call them only when validate == true.
Backpatch to 13, where opclass options were introduced.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2656633.1681831542%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Pavel Borisov
Backpatch-through: 13
For regex escape sequences, just test directly for the relevant ASCII
characters rather than using locale-sensitive character
classification.
This fixes an assertion failure when a locale considers a non-ASCII
character, such as "൧", to be a digit.
Reported-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49Q6UoKGeT8pBkMtJGJd+16CBFZaaWUk9Du+2ERE5g_YA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Commit 7f5b198 introduced TAP tests that use string literals to mark
the presence of a query in server logs. Reorder the markers to make
sure they are used in alphabetical order for easier debugging.
Author: Gurjeet Singh <gurjeet@singh.im>
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABwTF4WcYAENqyUQS2crAYfDuJ497v82ty2-MirjaC+zz9e8nQ@mail.gmail.com
The errormessage for an incorrect require_auth method wasn't using the
common "invalid %s value" errormessage which lessens the burden on our
translators. Fix by changing to that format to make use of existing
translations and to make error messages consistent in wording.
Reported and fixed by Gurjeet Singh with some tweaking by myself.
Author: Gurjeet Singh <gurjeet@singh.im>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABwTF4Xu3g9zohJ9obu8m7MKbf8g63NgpRDjwqPHQgAtB+Gb8Q@mail.gmail.com
a9c70b46 added the statistics view pg_stat_io which contained columns
"io_context" and "io_object". Given that the columns are in the
pg_stat_io view, the "io" prefix is somewhat redundant, so remove it.
The code variables referring to these fields are kept unchanged so as
they can keep their context about I/O.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aAQoJWrvT2BYYQvJChFKra_O-5ra3jhzKJZqWsTR1CPQ@mail.gmail.com
We've long used "--strip-unneeded" for shared libraries but plain
"-x" for static libraries when stripping symbols with GNU strip.
There doesn't seem to be any really good reason for that though,
since --strip-unneeded produces smaller output (as "-x" alone
does not remove debug symbols). Moreover it seems that
llvm-strip, although it identifies as GNU strip, misbehaves when
given "-x" for this purpose. It's unclear whether that's
intentional or a bug in llvm-strip, but in any case it seems like
changing to use --strip-unneeded in all cases should be a win.
Note that this doesn't change our behavior when dealing with
non-GNU strip.
Per gripes from Ed Maste and Palle Girgensohn. Back-patch,
in case anyone wants to use llvm-strip with stable branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17898-5308d09543463266@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230420153338.bbj2g5jiyy3afhjz@awork3.anarazel.de
Commit 7d71d3dd0 introduced finer grained updates of autovacuum option
changes by increasing the frequency of reading the configuration file.
The debug logging of cost parameter was however changed such that some
initial values weren't logged. Fix by changing logging to use the old
frequency of logging regardless of them changing.
Also avoid taking a log for rendering the log message unless the set
loglevel is such that the log entry will be emitted.
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBS7o6Ljt_vfqPQPf67AhzKu3fR0iqk8B=vVYczMugKMQ@mail.gmail.com
Old versions of Solaris and illumos had buffer overrun bugs in their
strxfrm() implementations. The bugs were fixed more than a decade ago
and the relevant releases are long out of vendor support. It's time to
remove the defense added by commit be8b06c3.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ-ZPJwKHVLbqye92-ZXeLoCHu5wJL6L6HhNP7FkJ=meA@mail.gmail.com
list_copy_head() given an empty List would crash from trying to
dereference the List to obtain its length. Since NIL is how we represent
an empty List, we should just be returning another empty List in this
case.
list_copy_head() is new to v16, so let's fix it now before too many people
start coding around the buggy NIL behavior.
Reported-by: Miroslav Bendik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPoEpV02WhawuWnmnKet6BqU63bEu7oec0pJc=nKMtPsHMzTXQ@mail.gmail.com
The "lev" name that appeared in NEWROOT nbtree record desc output was
inconsistent with the symbol name from the underlying C struct. It was
also inconsistent with nbtdesc output for other nearby record types with
similar level fields.
Standardize on "level" to make everything consistent.
Follow-up to commit 1c453cfd.
Recent enhancements to rmgr desc routines that made the output summarize
certain block data (added by commits 7d8219a4 and 1c453cfd) dealt with
records that lack relevant block data (and so have nothing to give a
more detailed summary of) by testing !DecodedBkpBlock.has_image. As a
result, more detailed descriptions of block data were not output when
wal_consistency_checking was enabled.
This bug affected records with summarizable block data that also
happened to have an FPI that the REDO routine isn't supposed to apply
(FPIs used for consistency checking purposes only). The presence of
such an FPI was incorrectly taken to indicate the absence of block data.
To fix, test DecodedBkpBlock.has_data, not !DecodedBkpBlock.has_image.
This is the exact condition that we care about, not an inexact proxy.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm5Sc9cBg1qWV_cEBfLNJCrW9FjS-SoHVt8FLA7Ldn8yg@mail.gmail.com
The error message for a missing or invalid system CA when using
sslrootcert=system differs based on the OpenSSL version used.
In OpenSSL 1.0.1-3.0 it is reported as SSL Error, with varying
degrees of helpfulness in the error message. With OpenSSL 3.1 it
is reported as an SSL SYSCALL error with "Undefined error" as
the error message. This fix pulls out the particular error in
OpenSSL 3.1 as a certificate verify error in order to help the
user better figure out what happened, and to keep the ssl test
working. While there is no evidence that extracing the errors
will clobber errno, this adds a guard against that regardless
to also make the consistent with how we handle OpenSSL errors
elsewhere. It also memorizes the output from OpenSSL 3.0 in
the test in cases where the system CA isn't responding.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c39be3c5-c1a5-1e33-1024-16f527e251a4@enterprisedb.com
DST law changes in Egypt, Greenland, Morocco, and Palestine.
When observing Moscow time, Europe/Kirov and Europe/Volgograd now
use the abbreviations MSK/MSD instead of numeric abbreviations,
for consistency with other timezones observing Moscow time.
Also, America/Yellowknife is no longer distinct from America/Edmonton;
this affects some pre-1948 timestamps in that area.
_bt_dedup_pass()'s heapRel argument hasn't been needed or used since
commit cf2acaf4dc made deleting any existing LP_DEAD index tuples the
caller's responsibility.
Utils.pm has a BEGIN block that editorializes on the locale-related
environment variables, primarily in order to stabilize the behavior
of child programs. It turns out that if the calling test script
has already done "use locale", this fails to affect the behavior
of Perl itself, causing locale behavior to be different between
Perl and child programs. That breaks commit cd82e5c79's attempt
to deal with locale-specific behavior in psql.
To fix, we just need to call setlocale() to redo the calculation
of locale.
Per report from Aleksander Alekseev. No back-patch for now, since
there are no locale-dependent TAP tests in prior branches, and
I'm not yet convinced that this won't have side-effects of its own.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TO9KpYYxoVVseWEQB5KtjWDkt8NfyAeKPcHoe2Jq+ykpw@mail.gmail.com
Commit c6f2f01611 purported to make
this work, but problems remained. In a plain-format backup, the
files from an in-place tablespace got included in the tar file for
the main tablespace, which is wrong but it's not clear that it
has any user-visible consequences. In a tar-format backup, the
TABLESPACE_MAP option is used, and so we never iterated over
pg_tblspc and thus never backed up the in-place tablespaces
anywhere at all.
To fix this, reverse the changes in that commit, so that when we scan
pg_tblspc during a backup, we create tablespaceinfo objects even for
in-place tablespaces. We set the field that would normally contain the
absolute pathname to the relative path pg_tblspc/${TSOID}, and that's
good enough to make basebackup.c happy without any further changes.
However, pg_basebackup needs a couple of adjustments to make it work.
First, it needs to understand that a relative path for a tablespace
means it's an in-place tablespace. Second, it needs to tolerate the
situation where restoring the main tablespace tries to create
pg_tblspc or a subdirectory and finds that it already exists, because
we restore user-defined tablespaces before the main tablespace.
Since in-place tablespaces are only intended for use in development
and testing, no back-patch.
Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro and Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobwvbEp+fLq2PykMYzizcvuNv0a7gPMJtxOTMOuuRLMHg@mail.gmail.com
When compiled with -C ORACLE, ecpg_get_data() had a one-off issue where
it would incorrectly store the null terminator byte to str[-1] when
varcharsize is 0, which is something that can happen when using SQLDA.
This would eat 1 byte from the previous field stored, corrupting the
results generated.
All the callers of ecpg_get_data() estimate and allocate enough storage
for the data received, and the fix of this commit relies on this
assumption. Note that this maps to the case where no padding or
truncation is required.
This issue has been introduced by 3b7ab43 with the Oracle compatibility
option, so backpatch down to v11.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230410.173500.440060475837236886.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
This fixes many spelling mistakes in comments, but a few references to
invalid parameter names, function names and option names too in comments
and also some in string constants
Also, fix an #undef that was undefining the incorrect definition
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d5f68d19-c0fc-91a9-118d-7c6a5a3f5fad@gmail.com
If the last few pages in the specified range are empty (all zero),
then log_newpage_range() could try to emit an empty WAL record
containing no FPIs. This at least upsets an Assert in
ReserveXLogInsertLocation, and might perhaps have bad real-world
consequences in non-assert builds.
This has been broken since log_newpage_range() was introduced,
but the case was hard if not impossible to hit before commit 3d6a98457
decided it was okay to leave VM and FSM pages intentionally zero.
Nonetheless, it seems prudent to back-patch. log_newpage_range()
was added in v12 but later back-patched, so this affects all
supported branches.
Matthias van de Meent, per report from Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZD1daibg4RF50IOj@telsasoft.com
The nbtree VACUUM WAL record stores its page offset number payload in
blk 0 (just like the closely related nbtree DELETE WAL record). Commit
ebd551f5 fixed a similar issue with the DELETE WAL record, but missed
this one.
We have two existing conventions for long options: either alphabetical
among short options, or all long options after all the short options.
But the convention apparently used here, next to a functionally
related option, is not one of them.
The finalfunc might return a read-write expanded object. If we
de-duplicate multiple call sites for the aggregate, any function(s)
receiving the aggregate result earlier could alter or destroy the
value that reaches the ones called later. This is a brown-paper-bag
bug in commit 42b746d4c, because we actually considered the need
for read-only-ness but failed to realize that it applied to the case
with a finalfunc as well as the case without.
Per report from Justin Pryzby. New error in HEAD,
no need for back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDm5TuKsh3tzoEjz@telsasoft.com
This addresses various deficiencies in the documentation for VACUUM and
ANALYZE's BUFFER_USEAGE_LIMIT docs.
Here we declare "size" in the syntax synopsis for VACUUM and ANALYZE's
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT option and then define exactly what values can be
specified for it in the section for that below.
Also, fix the incorrect ordering of vacuumdb options both in the documents
and in vacuumdb's --help output. These should be in alphabetical order.
In passing also add the minimum/maximum range for the BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT
option. These will also serve as example values that can be modified and
used.
Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16845cb1-b228-e157-f293-5892bced9253@enterprisedb.com
Commit 3e310d837 taught isAssignmentIndirectionExpr() to look through
CoerceToDomain nodes. That's not sufficient, because since commit
04fe805a1 it's been possible for the planner to simplify
CoerceToDomain to RelabelType when the domain has no constraints
to enforce. So we need to look through RelabelType too.
Per bug #17897 from Alexander Lakhin. Although 3e310d837 was
back-patched to v11, it seems sufficient to apply this change
to v12 and later, since 04fe805a1 came in in v12.
Dmitry Dolgov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17897-4216c546c3874044@postgresql.org
For some reason I had not implemented RBM_ZERO_AND_CLEANUP_LOCK support in
ExtendBufferedRelTo(), likely thinking it not being reachable. But it is
reachable, e.g. when replaying a WAL record for a page in a relation that
subsequently is truncated (likely only reachable when doing crash recovery or
PITR, not during ongoing streaming replication).
As now all of the RBM_* modes are supported, remove assertions checking mode.
As we had no test coverage for this scenario, add a new TAP test. There's
plenty more that ought to be tested in this area...
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/392271.1681238924%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0b5eb82b-cb99-e0a4-b932-3dc60e2e3926@gmail.com
The partition pruning logic assumed that "b IS NOT true" was exactly the
same as "b IS FALSE". This is not the case when considering NULL values.
Fix this so we correctly include any partition which could hold NULL
values for the NOT case.
Additionally, this fixes a bug in the partition pruning code which handles
partitioned tables partitioned like ((NOT boolcol)). This is a seemingly
unlikely schema design, and it was untested and also broken.
Here we add tests for the ((NOT boolcol)) case and insert some actual data
into those tables and verify we do get the correct rows back when running
queries. I've also adjusted the existing boolpart tests to include some
data and verify we get the correct results too.
Both the bugs being fixed here could lead to incorrect query results with
fewer rows being returned than expected. No additional rows could have
been returned accidentally.
In passing, remove needless ternary expression. It's more simple just to
pass !is_not_clause to makeBoolConst(). It makes sense to do this so the
code is consistent with the bug fix in the "else if" condition just below.
David Kimura did submit a patch to fix the first of the issues here, but
that's not what's being committed here.
Reported-by: David Kimura
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, David Kimura
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHnPFjQ5qxs6J_p+g8=ww7GQvfn71_JE+Tygj0S7RdRci1uwPw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11, all supported versions
Hash join tuples reuse the HOT status bit to indicate match status
during hash join execution. Correct reuse requires clearing the bit in
all tuples. Serial hash join and parallel multi-batch hash join do so
upon inserting the tuple into the hashtable. Single batch parallel hash
join and batch 0 of unexpected multi-batch hash joins forgot to do this.
It hadn't come up before because hashtable tuple match bits are only
used for right and full outer joins and parallel ROJ and FOJ were
unsupported. 11c2d6fdf5 introduced support for parallel ROJ/FOJ but
neglected to ensure the match bits were reset.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Richard Guo <guofenglinux@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAMbWs48Nde1Mv%3DBJv6_vXmRKHMuHZm2Q_g4F6Z3_pn%2B3EV6BGQ%40mail.gmail.com
bea3d7e has redesigned the regexp engine so as all the allocations go
through palloc() with a dedicated memory context. hba.c had to cope
with the past memory management logic by going through all the HBA and
ident lines generated, then directly free all the regexps found in
AuthTokens to ensure that no leaks would happen. Such leaks could
happen for example in the postmaster after a SIGHUP, in the event of
an HBA and/or ident reload failure where all the new content parsed must
be discarded, including all the regexps that may have been compiled.
Now that regexps are palloc()'d in their own memory context,
MemoryContextDelete() is enough to ensure that all the compiled regexps
are properly gone. Simplifying this logic in hba.c has the effect to
only remove code. Most of it is new in v16, except the part for regexps
compiled in ident entries for the system username, so doing this cleanup
now rather than when v17 opens for business will reduce future diffs
with the upcoming REL_16_STABLE.
Some comments were incorrect since bea3d7e, now fixed to reflect the
reality.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDdJ289Ky2qEj4h+@paquier.xyz
This GUC was renamed to debug_parallel_query in 5352ca22e. That commit
added an entry into map_old_guc_names[] to allow the old name still to
work. That was done to allow a transition time where the buildfarm
configs could be swapped over to use debug_parallel_query instead. That
work is now complete.
Here we remove the old name with the intention of breaking any user code
which is using force_parallel_query. As mentioned in the commit message
for 5352ca22e, it appeared many users were misled into thinking that
setting this GUC was doing something useful for them to make queries run
more quickly.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoR7EOz7Tvyzrd18FO-Dw2Cp4Uyq25TEWguK+XyCJtzOw@mail.gmail.com
Make sure that function declarations use names that exactly match the
corresponding names from function definitions in a few places. These
inconsistencies were all introduced relatively recently, after the code
base had parameter name mismatches fixed in bulk (see commits starting
with commits 4274dc22 and 035ce1fe).
pg_bsd_indent still has a couple of similar inconsistencies, which I
(pgeoghegan) have left untouched for now.
Like all earlier commits that cleaned up function parameter names, this
commit was written with help from clang-tidy.
WHen building with GSSAPI support, explicitly require MIT Kerberos and
check for gssapi_ext.h in configure.ac and meson.build. Also add
documentation explicitly stating that we now require MIT Kerberos when
building with GSSAPI support.
Reveiwed by: Johnathan Katz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abcc73d0-acf7-6896-e0dc-f5bc12a61bb1@postgresql.org
This reverts commit 3d03b24c3 (Revert Add support for Kerberos
credential delegation) which was committed on the grounds of concern
about portability, but on further review and discussion, it's clear that
we are better off explicitly requiring MIT Kerberos as that appears to
be the only GSSAPI library currently that's under proper maintenance
and ongoing development. The API used for storing credentials was added
to MIT Kerberos over a decade ago while for the other libraries which
appear to be mainly based on Heimdal, which exists explicitly to be a
re-implementation of MIT Kerberos, the API never made it to a released
version (even though it was added to the Heimdal git repo over 5 years
ago..).
This post-feature-freeze change was approved by the RMT.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDDO6jaESKaBgej0%40tamriel.snowman.net
The test previously had a list of OSes that direct I/O was expected to
work on. That worked well enough for the systems in our build farm, but
didn't survive contact with the Debian build bots running on tmpfs via
overlayfs. tmpfs does not support O_DIRECT, but we don't want to
exclude Linux generally.
The new approach is to try to create an empty file with O_DIRECT from
Perl first. If that fails, we'll skip the test and report what the
error was.
Reported-by: Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDYd4A78cT2ULxZZ%40msg.df7cb.de
We can't assert that we're the only process attached to a barrier after
BarrierArriveAndDetachExceptLast(). Although that'll be true almost
always, a late-starting parallel worker can attach very briefly (that
is, immediately detach after checking the phase) right at that moment.
BarrierArriveAndDetachExceptLast() already contains an assertion like
that, but it holds a spinlock preventing the race. This thinko caused a
one-off failure on build farm animal chimaera.
Diagnosed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3590249.1680971629@sss.pgh.pa.us
This reverts commit e056c557ae and minor later fixes thereof.
There's a few problems in this new feature -- most notably regarding
pg_upgrade behavior, but others as well. This new feature is not in any
way critical on its own, so instead of scrambling to fix it we revert it
and try again in early 17 with these issues in mind.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3801207.1681057430@sss.pgh.pa.us
Our policy since commit ab77a5a45 has been that a plan node having
any initplans is automatically not parallel-safe. (This could be
relaxed, but not today.) clean_up_removed_plan_level neglected
this, and could attach initplans to a parallel-safe child plan
node without clearing the plan's parallel-safe flag. That could
lead to "subplan was not initialized" errors at runtime, in case
an initplan referenced another one and only the referencing one
got transmitted to parallel workers.
The fix in clean_up_removed_plan_level is trivial enough.
materialize_finished_plan also moves initplans from one node
to another, but it's okay because it already copies the source
node's parallel_safe flag. The other place that does this kind
of thing is standard_planner's hack to inject a top-level Gather
when debug_parallel_query is active. But that's actually dead
code given that we're correctly enforcing the "initplans aren't
parallel safe" rule, so just replace it with an Assert that
there are no initplans.
Also improve some related comments.
Normally we'd add a regression test case for this sort of bug.
The mistake itself is already reached by existing tests, but there
is accidentally no visible problem. The only known test case that
creates an actual failure seems too indirect and fragile to justify
keeping it as a regression test (not least because it fails to fail
in v11, though the bug is clearly present there too).
Per report from Justin Pryzby. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDVt6MaNWkRDO1LQ@telsasoft.com
Calling fseek() or ftello() on a handle to a non-seeking device such as
a pipe or a communications device is not supported. Unfortunately,
MSVC's flavor of these routines, _fseeki64() and _ftelli64(), do not
return an error when given a pipe as handle. Some of the logic of
pg_dump and restore relies on these routines to check if a handle is
seekable, causing failures when passing the contents of pg_dump to
pg_restore through a pipe, for example.
This commit introduces wrappers for fseeko() and ftello() on MSVC so as
any callers are able to properly detect the cases of non-seekable
handles. This relies mainly on GetFileType(), sharing a bit of code
with the MSVC port for fstat(). The code in charge of getting a file
type is refactored into a new file called win32common.c, shared by
win32stat.c and the new win32fseek.c. It includes the MSVC ports for
fseeko() and ftello().
Like 765f5df, this is backpatched down to 14, where the fstat()
implementation for MSVC is able to understand about files larger than
4GB in size. Using a TAP test for that is proving to be tricky as
IPC::Run handles the pipes by itself, still I have been able to check
the fix manually.
Reported-by: Daniel Watzinger
Author: Juan José Santamaría Flecha, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC+AXB26a4EmxM2suXxPpJaGrqAdxracd7hskLg-zxtPB50h7A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14
Clarify the goals of the recently added guidelines for rmgrdesc authors:
to avoid gratuitous inconsistencies across resource managers, and to
make it reasonably easy to write a reusable custom parser.
Beyond that, the guidelines leave rmgrdesc authors with a significant
amount of leeway. This even includes the leeway to invent custom
conventions (in cases where it's warranted).
Follow-up to commit 7d8219a4.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkbYuvwYKm-Y-72QEh6SPMQcAo9uONv+mR3bMGcu9E_Cg@mail.gmail.com
Make heap desc routines that output status bit as arrays of constants
avoid outputting array literals that contain superfluous punctuation
characters that complicate parsing the output. Also make sure that no
heap desc routine repeats the same key name (at the same nesting level),
for the same reason. Arguably, these were both oversights in commit
7d8219a4.
In passing, make the desc output code (which covers Heap's DELETE,
UPDATE, HOT_UPDATE, LOCK, and LOCK_UPDATED record types) consistent in
terms of the output order of each field. This order also matches WAL
record struct order. Heap's DELETE desc output now shows the record's
xmax field for the first time (just like UPDATE/HOT_UPDATE records).
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=pNYtxiJ2Jx5Lj=fKo1OEZ4GE0p_kct+ugAUTqBwU46g@mail.gmail.com
Make xl_heap_lock's infobits_set field of type uint8, not int8. Using
int8 isn't appropriate given that the field just holds status bits.
This fixes an oversight in commit 0ac5ad5134.
In passing rename the nearby TransactionId field to "xmax" to make
things consistency with related records, such as xl_heap_lock_updated.
Deliberately avoid a bump in XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC. No backpatch, either.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkCd3kOS8b7Rfxw7Mh1_6jvX=Nzo-CWR1VBTiOtVZkWHA@mail.gmail.com
At least one slow buildfarm system (hoverfly) showed that the database
creation was not replicated before we try to create logical replication slots
on the standby, in that database.
Reported-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230411053657.GA1177147@rfd.leadboat.com
There's no need to check if opt->arg is NULL since defGetString() already
does that and raises an ERROR if it is. Let's just remove that check.
Also, combine the two remaining ERRORs into a single check. It seems
better to give an indication about what sort of values we're looking for
rather than just to state that the value given isn't valid. Make
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT uppercase in this ERROR message too. It's already
upper case in one other error message, so make that consistent.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230411.102335.1643720544536884844.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
We cannot use the generic array_desc approach with per-tuple nbtree
posting list update metadata because array_desc can only deal with fixed
width elements (e.g., page offset numbers). Using array_desc led to
incorrect rmgr descriptions for updates from nbtree DELETE/VACUUM WAL
records.
To fix, add specialized code to describe the update metadata as array
elements in desc output. We now iterate over the update metadata using
an approach that matches related REDO routines.
Also stop showing the updates offset number array separately in nbtree
DELETE/VACUUM desc output. It's redundant information, since the same
page offset numbers appear in the description of each individual update
element. Also make some small tweaks to the way that we format arrays
in all desc routines (not just nbtree desc routines) to make arrays a
little less verbose.
Oversight in commit 1c453cfd, which enhanced the nbtree rmgr desc
routines.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkbYuvwYKm-Y-72QEh6SPMQcAo9uONv+mR3bMGcu9E_Cg@mail.gmail.com
Checking for the required versions of IO::Pty as well as IPC::Run
can be achieved with a single eval call, and by using the VERSION
function the comparison is guaranteed to follow the same rules as
calling 'use' on the module with a version.
Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6d880ea2-f8ca-f458-4dcd-a7a3e6d6cd7c@dunslane.net
The new direct I/O test deliberately uses a very small shared_buffers to
force some disk transfers without making the data set large and slow,
but ran into a problem with wal_level = minimal: log_newpage_range()
pins many buffers, leading to a few intermittent "no unpinned buffers
available" errors.
We could presumably fix that by adjusting shared_buffers, but crake
seems to be trying to tell us something interesting with these settings,
so let's just avoid wal_level = minimal in this test for now.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230408060408.n7xdwk3mxj5oykt6%40awork3.anarazel.de
If a variable has an initialization expression that wraps onto the
next line(s), pg_bsd_indent will now indent the continuation lines
one stop, instead of aligning them flush with the variable declaration.
We've been holding off applying this until the last v16 CF finished,
but now it's time.
Thomas Munro and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230120013137.7ky7nl4e4zjorrfa@awork3.anarazel.de
Our convention for some time has been that successful tests shouldn't
print anything on stderr. A stray "diag" call violated that, and
for that matter messed up the normal TAP progress display.
IPC::Run versions prior to 0.98 cause the interactive session to time out,
so SKIP the test in case these versions are detected (they are within the
base requirement for our TAP tests in general). Error reported by the BF
and investigation by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/414A86BD-986B-48A7-A1E4-EEBCE5AF08CB@yesql.se
This reverts commit 3d4fa227bc.
Per discussion and buildfarm, this depends on APIs that seem to not
be available on at least one platform (NetBSD). Should be certainly
possible to rework to be optional on that platform if necessary but bit
late for that at this point.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3286097.1680922218@sss.pgh.pa.us
Previously, a PostgreSQL-specific callback checked by the regex engine
had a way to trigger a special error code REG_CANCEL if it detected that
the next call to CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() would certainly throw via
ereport().
A later proposed bugfix aims to move some complex logic out of signal
handlers, so that it won't run until the next CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(),
which makes the above design impossible unless we split
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() into two phases, one to run logic and another to
ereport(). We may develop such a system in the future, but for the
regex code it is no longer necessary.
An earlier commit moved regex memory management over to our
MemoryContext system. Given that the purpose of the two-phase interrupt
checking was to free memory before throwing, something we don't need to
worry about anymore, it seems simpler to inject CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS()
directly into cancelation points, and just let it throw.
Since the plan is to keep PostgreSQL-specific concerns separate from the
main regex engine code (with a view to bein able to stay in sync with
other projects), do this with a new macro INTERRUPT(), customizable in
regcustom.h and defaulting to nothing.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Now that our regex engine uses palloc(), it's not necessary to set up a
special memory context callback to free compiled regexes. The regex has
no resources other than the memory that is already going to be freed in
bulk.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Previously, regex_t objects' memory was managed with malloc() and free()
directly. Switch to palloc()-based memory management instead.
Advantages:
* memory used by cached regexes is now visible with MemoryContext
observability tools
* cleanup can be done automatically in certain failure modes
(something that later commits will take advantage of)
* cleanup can be done in bulk
On the downside, there may be more fragmentation (wasted memory) due to
per-regex MemoryContext objects. This is a problem shared with other
cached objects in PostgreSQL and can probably be improved with later
tuning.
Thanks to Noah Misch for suggesting this general approach, which
unblocks later work on interrupts.
Suggested-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Unsurprisingly, this requires wal_level = logical to be set on the primary and
standby. The infrastructure added in 26669757b6 ensures that slots are
invalidated if the primary's wal_level is lowered.
Creating a slot on a standby waits for a xl_running_xact record to be
processed. If the primary is idle (and thus not emitting xl_running_xact
records), that can take a while. To make that faster, this commit also
introduces the pg_log_standby_snapshot() function. By executing it on the
primary, completion of slot creation on the standby can be accelerated.
Note that logical decoding on a standby does not itself enforce that required
catalog rows are not removed. The user has to use physical replication slots +
hot_standby_feedback or other measures to prevent that. If catalog rows
required for a slot are removed, the slot is invalidated.
See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.
Bumps catversion, for the addition of the pg_log_standby_snapshot() function.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (in an older version)
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: FabrÌzio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Physical walsenders can't send data until it's been flushed; logical
walsenders can't decode and send data until it's been applied. On the
standby, the WAL is flushed first, which will only wake up physical
walsenders; and then applied, which will only wake up logical
walsenders.
Previously, all walsenders were awakened when the WAL was flushed. That
was fine for logical walsenders on the primary; but on the standby the
flushed WAL would have been not applied yet, so logical walsenders were
awakened too early.
Per idea from Jeff Davis and Amit Kapila.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+zO5LUeisabX10c81LU-fWMKO4M9Wyg1cdkbW7Hqh6vQ@mail.gmail.com
During WAL replay on the standby, when a conflict with a logical slot is
identified, invalidate such slots. There are two sources of conflicts:
1) Using the information added in 6af1793954, logical slots are invalidated if
required rows are removed
2) wal_level on the primary server is reduced to below logical
Uses the infrastructure introduced in the prior commit. FIXME: add commit
reference.
Change InvalidatePossiblyObsoleteSlot() to use a recovery conflict to
interrupt use of a slot, if called in the startup process. The new recovery
conflict is added to pg_stat_database_conflicts, as confl_active_logicalslot.
See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.
Bumps catversion for the addition of the pg_stat_database_conflicts column.
Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID for the same reason.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
Needed for logical decoding on a standby. Slots need to be invalidated because
of the horizon if rows required for logical decoding are removed. If the
primary's wal_level is lowered from 'logical', logical slots on the standby
need to be invalidated.
The new invalidation methods will be used in a subsequent commit.
Logical slots that have been invalidated can be identified via the new
pg_replication_slots.conflicting column.
See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.
Bumps catversion for the addition of the new pg_replication_slots column.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
Previously we had checks for this in multiple places. Support for logical
decoding on standbys will add other forms of invalidation, making it worth
while to centralize the checks.
This slightly changes the error message for both the walsender and SQL
interface. Particularly the SQL interface error was inaccurate, as the "This
slot has never previously reserved WAL" portion was unreachable.
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
This is mainly useful because the upcoming logical-decoding-on-standby feature
adds further reasons for invalidating slots, and we don't want to end up with
multiple invalidated_* fields, or check different attributes.
Eventually we should consider not resetting restart_lsn when invalidating a
slot due to max_slot_wal_keep_size. But that's a user visible change, so left
for later.
Increases SLOT_VERSION, due to the changed field (with a different alignment,
no less).
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
Provide a way to ask the kernel to use O_DIRECT (or local equivalent)
where available for data and WAL files, to avoid or minimize kernel
caching. This hurts performance currently and is not intended for end
users yet. Later proposed work would introduce our own I/O clustering,
read-ahead, etc to replace the facilities the kernel disables with this
option.
The only user-visible change, if the developer-only GUC is not used, is
that this commit also removes the obscure logic that would activate
O_DIRECT for the WAL when wal_sync_method=open_[data]sync and
wal_level=minimal (which also requires max_wal_senders=0). Those are
non-default and unlikely settings, and this behavior wasn't (correctly)
documented. The same effect can be achieved with io_direct=wal.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK1X532hYqJ_MzFWt0n1zt8trz980D79WbjwnT-yYLZpg%40mail.gmail.com
In order to have the option to use O_DIRECT/FILE_FLAG_NO_BUFFERING in a
later commit, we need the addresses of user space buffers to be well
aligned. The exact requirements vary by OS and file system (typically
sectors and/or memory pages). The address alignment size is set to
4096, which is enough for currently known systems: it matches modern
sectors and common memory page size. There is no standard governing
O_DIRECT's requirements so we might eventually have to reconsider this
with more information from the field or future systems.
Aligning I/O buffers on memory pages is also known to improve regular
buffered I/O performance.
Three classes of I/O buffers for regular data pages are adjusted:
(1) Heap buffers are now allocated with the new palloc_aligned() or
MemoryContextAllocAligned() functions introduced by commit 439f6175.
(2) Stack buffers now use a new struct PGIOAlignedBlock to respect
PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE, if possible with this compiler. (3) The buffer
pool is also aligned in shared memory.
WAL buffers were already aligned on XLOG_BLCKSZ. It's possible for
XLOG_BLCKSZ to be configured smaller than PG_IO_ALIGNED_SIZE and thus
for O_DIRECT WAL writes to fail to be well aligned, but that's a
pre-existing condition and will be addressed by a later commit.
BufFiles are not yet addressed (there's no current plan to use O_DIRECT
for those, but they could potentially get some incidental speedup even
in plain buffered I/O operations through better alignment).
If we can't align stack objects suitably using the compiler extensions
we know about, we disable the use of O_DIRECT by setting PG_O_DIRECT to
0. This avoids the need to consider systems that have O_DIRECT but
can't align stack objects the way we want; such systems could in theory
be supported with more work but we don't currently know of any such
machines, so it's easier to pretend there is no O_DIRECT support
instead. That's an existing and tested class of system.
Add assertions that all buffers passed into smgrread(), smgrwrite() and
smgrextend() are correctly aligned, unless PG_O_DIRECT is 0 (= stack
alignment tricks may be unavailable) or the block size has been set too
small to allow arrays of buffers to be all aligned.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGK1X532hYqJ_MzFWt0n1zt8trz980D79WbjwnT-yYLZpg@mail.gmail.com
Support GSSAPI/Kerberos credentials being delegated to the server by a
client. With this, a user authenticating to PostgreSQL using Kerberos
(GSSAPI) credentials can choose to delegate their credentials to the
PostgreSQL server (which can choose to accept them, or not), allowing
the server to then use those delegated credentials to connect to
another service, such as with postgres_fdw or dblink or theoretically
any other service which is able to be authenticated using Kerberos.
Both postgres_fdw and dblink are changed to allow non-superuser
password-less connections but only when GSSAPI credentials have been
delegated to the server by the client and GSSAPI is used to
authenticate to the remote system.
Authors: Stephen Frost, Peifeng Qiu
Reviewed-By: David Christensen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CO1PR05MB8023CC2CB575E0FAAD7DF4F8A8E29@CO1PR05MB8023.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
a9c70b46db and 8aaa04b32S added counting of IO operations to a new view,
pg_stat_io. Now, add IO timing for reads, writes, extends, and fsyncs to
pg_stat_io as well.
This combines the tracking for pgBufferUsage with the tracking for pg_stat_io
into a new function pgstat_count_io_op_time(). This should make it a bit
easier to avoid the somewhat costly instr_time conversion done for
pgBufferUsage.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAAKRu_ay5iKmnbXZ3DsauViF3eMxu4m1oNnJXqV_HyqYeg55Ww%40mail.gmail.com
Show a detailed description of the page offset number arrays that appear
in certain nbtree WAL records.
Also brings nbtree desc routines in line with the guidelines established
by recent commit 7d8219a4.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20230109215842.fktuhesvayno6o4g%40awork3.anarazel.de
Similar to 8dff2f224, this disables DNS lookups by the Kerberos library
to look up the KDC and the realm while the Kerberos tests are running.
In some environments, these lookups can take a long time and end up
timing out and causing tests to fail. Further, since this isn't really
our domain, we shouldn't be sending out these DNS requests during our
tests.
Add helper functions that output arrays in a standard format, and use
the functions inside heapdesc routines. This allows tools like
pg_walinspect to show a detailed description of the page offset number
arrays for records like PRUNE and VACUUM (unless there was an FPI).
Also document the conventions that desc routines should follow. Only
the heapdesc routines follow the conventions for now, so they're just
guidelines for the time being.
Based on a suggestion from Andres Freund.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20230109215842.fktuhesvayno6o4g%40awork3.anarazel.de
A few buildfarm animals recently started complaining about the "child"
relation already existing. e056c557ae added a new child table to inherit.sql,
but triggers.sql, running in the same parallel group, also uses a child table.
Rename the new table to inh_child. It maybe worth renaming child, parent in
other tests as well, but that's work for another day.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407204530.52q3v5cu5x6dj676@awork3.anarazel.de
Both pgstat_database and pgBufferUsage count IO timing for reads of temporary
relation blocks into local buffers. However, both failed to count write IO
timing for flushes of dirty local buffers. Fix.
Additionally, FlushRelationBuffers() seems to have omitted counting write
IO (both count and timing) stats for both pgstat_database and
pgBufferUsage. Fix.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230321023451.7rzy4kjj2iktrg2r%40awork3.anarazel.de
This breaks out the background and interactive psql functionality into a
new class, PostgreSQL::Test::BackgroundPsql. Sessions are still initiated
via PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster, but once started they can be manipulated by
the new helper functions which intend to make querying easier. A sample
session for a command which can be expected to finish at a later time can
be seen below.
my $session = $node->background_psql('postgres');
$bsession->query_until(qr/start/, q(
\echo start
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY idx ON t(a);
));
$bsession->quit;
Patch by Andres Freund with some additional hacking by me.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230130194350.zj5v467x4jgqt3d6@awork3.anarazel.de
We now create pg_constaint rows for NOT NULL constraints with
contype='n'.
We propagate these constraints during operations such as adding
inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions, creating
tables LIKE other tables. We mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations; for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match NOT NULL ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it;
instead we match by column number. This means we don't require the
constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.
For now, we omit them from system catalogs. Maybe this is worth
reconsidering. We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)
This has been very long in the making. The first patch was written by
Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value ('n'),
which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one was
killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints. However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again.
In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring additional pg_attribute columns to
track the OID of the NOT NULL constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACA0E642A0267EDA387AF2B%40%5B172.26.14.62%5D
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AANLkTinLXMOEMz+0J29tf1POokKi4XDkWJ6-DDR9BKgU@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20110707213401.GA27098@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1343682669-sup-2532@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220817181249.q7qvj3okywctra3c@alvherre.pgsql
The old wording described these as being multiplied by max_connections
plus max_prepared_transactions, which hasn't been exactly right for
some time thanks to the addition of various auxiliary processes.
Moreover, exactness here is a bit pointless given that the lock tables
can expand into the initially-unallocated "slop" space in shared
memory. Rather than trying to track exactly what the code is doing,
let's just use the term "server processes".
Likewise adjust these GUCs' description strings in guc_tables.c.
Wang Wei, reviewed by Nathan Bossart and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS3PR01MB6275BDD09C9B875C65FCC5AB9EA39@OS3PR01MB6275.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
psql parses the interval argument of \watch with locale-dependent
strtod(). In commit 00beecfe8 I added a test case that exercises
a fractional interval, but I hard-coded 0.01 which doesn't work
in locales where the radix point isn't ".". We don't want to
change this longstanding parsing behavior, so fix the test case
to generate a suitably locale-aware spelling.
Report and patch by Alexander Korotkov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdv+10Uk6FWjsh3+ju7kHYr76LaRXbYayXmrM7FBU-=Hgg@mail.gmail.com
The same condition accidentally was copied to both branches. Manual testing
confirms that otherwise the error recovery path works fine.
Found while reviewing the logical-decoding-on-standby patch.
This commit adds a limit to the size of an XLogRecord at 1020MB, based
on a suggestion by Heikki Linnakangas. This counts for the overhead
needed by the XLogReader when allocating the memory it needs to read a
record in DecodeXLogRecordRequiredSpace(), based on the record size. An
assertion based on that is added to detect that any additions in the
XLogReader facilities would not cause any overflows. If that's ever the
case, the upper bound allowed would need to be adjusted.
Before this, it was possible for an external module to create WAL
records large enough to be assembled but not replayable, causing
failures when replaying such WAL records on standbys. One case
mentioned where this is possible is the in-core function
pg_logical_emit_message() (wrapper for LogLogicalMessage), that allows
to emit WAL records with an arbitrary amount of data potentially higher
than the replay limit of approximately 1GB (limit of a palloc, minus the
overhead needed by a XLogReader).
This commit is a follow-up of ffd1b6b that has added similar protections
for the block-level data. Here, the checks are extended to the whole
record length, mainrdata_len being extended from uint32 to uint64 with
the routines registering buffer and record data still limited to uint32
to minimize the checks when assembling a record. All the error messages
related to overflow checks are improved to provide more context about
the error happening.
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WgGiw+LZt+vHf8tWqB_6VxeLsMeoAuod0N=ij1q17n5pw@mail.gmail.com
1cbbee033 added BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands, so
here we permit that option to be specified in vacuumdb.
In passing, adjust the documents for vacuum_buffer_usage_limit and the
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT VACUUM option to mention "kB" rather than "KB". Do the
same for the ERROR message in ExecVacuum() and
check_vacuum_buffer_usage_limit(). Without that we might tell a user that
the valid minimum value is 128 KB only to reject that because we accept
only "kB" and not "KB".
Also, add a small reminder comment in vacuum.h to try to trigger the
memory of anyone adding new fields to VacuumParams that they might want to
consider if vacuumdb needs to grow a new option too.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZAzTg3iEnubscvbf@telsasoft.com
While we already had some form of bulk extension for relations, it was fairly
limited. It only amortized the cost of acquiring the extension lock, the
relation itself was still extended one-by-one. Bulk extension was also solely
triggered by contention, not by the amount of data inserted.
To address this, use ExtendBufferedRelBy(), introduced in 31966b151e, to
extend the relation. We try to extend the relation by multiple blocks in two
situations:
1) The caller tells RelationGetBufferForTuple() that it will need multiple
pages. For now that's only used by heap_multi_insert(), see commit FIXME.
2) If there is contention on the extension lock, use the number of waiters for
the lock as a multiplier for the number of blocks to extend by. This is
similar to what we already did. Previously we additionally multiplied the
numbers of waiters by 20, but with the new relation extension
infrastructure I could not see a benefit in doing so.
Using the freespacemap to provide empty pages can cause significant
contention, and adds measurable overhead, even if there is no contention. To
reduce that, remember the blocks the relation was extended by in the
BulkInsertState, in the extending backend. In case 1) from above, the blocks
the extending backend needs are not entered into the FSM, as we know that we
will need those blocks.
One complication with using the FSM to record empty pages, is that we need to
insert blocks into the FSM, when we already hold a buffer content lock. To
avoid doing IO while holding a content lock, release the content lock before
recording free space. Currently that opens a small window in which another
backend could fill the block, if a concurrent VACUUM records the free
space. If that happens, we retry, similar to the already existing case when
otherBuffer is provided. In the future it might be worth closing the race by
preventing VACUUM from recording the space in newly extended pages.
This change provides very significant wins (3x at 16 clients, on my
workstation) for concurrent COPY into a single relation. Even single threaded
COPY is measurably faster, primarily due to not dirtying pages while
extending, if supported by the operating system (see commit 4d330a61bb). Even
single-row INSERTs benefit, although to a much smaller degree, as the relation
extension lock rarely is the primary bottleneck.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Add new options to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands called
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to allow users more control over how large to make the
buffer access strategy that is used to limit the usage of buffers in
shared buffers. Larger rings can allow VACUUM to run more quickly but
have the drawback of VACUUM possibly evicting more buffers from shared
buffers that might be useful for other queries running on the database.
Here we also add a new GUC named vacuum_buffer_usage_limit which controls
how large to make the access strategy when it's not specified in the
VACUUM/ANALYZE command. This defaults to 256KB, which is the same size as
the access strategy was prior to this change. This setting also
controls how large to make the buffer access strategy for autovacuum.
Per idea by Andres Freund.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230111182720.ejifsclfwymw2reb@awork3.anarazel.de
A future commit will use this information to determine how aggressively to
extend the relation by. In heap_multi_insert() we know accurately how many
pages we need once we need to extend the relation, providing an accurate lower
bound for how much to extend.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Allow autovacuum to reload the config file more often so that cost-based
delay parameters can take effect while VACUUMing a relation. Previously,
autovacuum workers only reloaded the config file once per relation
vacuumed, so config changes could not take effect until beginning to
vacuum the next table.
Now, check if a reload is pending roughly once per block, when checking
if we need to delay.
In order for autovacuum workers to safely update their own cost delay
and cost limit parameters without impacting performance, we had to
rethink when and how these values were accessed.
Previously, an autovacuum worker's wi_cost_limit was set only at the
beginning of vacuuming a table, after reloading the config file.
Therefore, at the time that autovac_balance_cost() was called, workers
vacuuming tables with no cost-related storage parameters could still
have different values for their wi_cost_limit_base and wi_cost_delay.
Now that the cost parameters can be updated while vacuuming a table,
workers will (within some margin of error) have no reason to have
different values for cost limit and cost delay (in the absence of
cost-related storage parameters). This removes the rationale for keeping
cost limit and cost delay in shared memory. Balancing the cost limit
requires only the number of active autovacuum workers vacuuming a table
with no cost-based storage parameters.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
Vacuum code run both by autovacuum workers and a backend doing
VACUUM/ANALYZE previously inspected VacuumCostLimit and VacuumCostDelay,
which are the global variables backing the GUCs vacuum_cost_limit and
vacuum_cost_delay.
Autovacuum workers needed to override these variables with their
own values, derived from autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit and
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay and worker cost limit balancing logic.
This led to confusing code which, in some cases, both derived and
set a new value of VacuumCostLimit from VacuumCostLimit.
In preparation for refreshing these GUC values more often, introduce
new, independent global variables and add a function to update them
using the GUCs and existing logic.
Per suggestion by Kyotaro Horiguchi
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
While vacuuming a table in failsafe mode, VacuumCostActive should
not be re-enabled. This currently isn't a problem because vacuum
cost parameters are only refreshed in between vacuuming tables and
failsafe status is reset for every table.
In preparation for allowing vacuum cost parameters to be updated
more frequently, elevate LVRelState->failsafe_active to a global,
VacuumFailsafeActive, which will be checked when determining whether
or not to re-enable vacuum cost-related delays.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
The tests added by commits 029dea882 et al turn out to produce
different output under -DRANDOMIZE_ALLOCATED_MEMORY. This is
not a bug exactly: that flag causes coerce_type() to invoke
the input function twice when coercing an unknown-type literal
to a specific type. So you get tsqueryin's bleat about an empty
tsquery twice. Revise the test query to avoid that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230406213813.uep7plg6lvcywujo@awork3.anarazel.de
Make the \g, \o, \w, and \copy commands set these variables
when closing a pipe. We missed doing this in commit b0d8f2d98,
but it seems like a good idea.
There are some remaining places in psql that intentionally don't
update these variables after running a child program:
* pager invocations
* backtick evaluation within a prompt
* \e (edit query buffer)
Corey Huinker and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=eSKwRGF-rnRqhtBORRtL49QsjcVUCa-kLxKTqxypsakw@mail.gmail.com
tsquery's GETQUERY() macro is only safe to apply to a tsquery
that is known non-empty; otherwise it gives a pointer to garbage.
Before commit 5a617d75d, ts_headline() avoided this pitfall, but
only in a very indirect, nonobvious way. (hlCover could not reach
its TS_execute call, because if the query contains no lexemes
then hlFirstIndex would surely return -1.) After that commit,
it fell into the trap, resulting in weird errors such as
"unrecognized operator" and/or valgrind complaints. In HEAD,
fix this by not calling TS_execute_locations() at all for an
empty query. In the back branches, add a defensive check to
hlCover() --- that's not fixing any live bug, but I judge the
code a bit too fragile as-is.
Also, both mark_hl_fragments() and mark_hl_words() were careless
about the possibility of empty search text: in the cases where
no match has been found, they'd end up telling mark_fragment() to
mark from word indexes 0 to 0 inclusive, even when there is no
word 0. This is harmless since we over-allocated the prs->words
array, but it does annoy valgrind. Fix so that the end index is -1
and thus mark_fragment() will do nothing in such cases.
Bottom line is that this fixes a live bug in HEAD, but in the
back branches it's only getting rid of a valgrind nitpick.
Back-patch anyway.
Per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c27f642d-020b-01ff-ae61-086af287c4fd@gmail.com
Starting with commit 7db0cd2145, RelationGetBufferForTuple() did a
visibilitymap_pin() while holding an exclusive buffer content lock on a newly
extended page, when using COPY FREEZE. We elsewhere try hard to avoid to doing
IO while holding a content lock. And until 14f98e0af9, that happened while
holding the relation extension lock.
Practically, this isn't a huge issue, because COPY FREEZE is restricted to
relations created or truncated in the current session, so it's unlikely
there's a lot of contention.
We can't avoid doing IO while holding the content lock by pinning the VM
earlier, because we don't know which page it will be on.
While we could just ignore the issue in this case, a future commit will add
bulk relation extension, which needs to enter pages into the FSM while also
trying to hold onto a buffer lock.
To address this issue, use visibilitymap_pin_ok() to see if the relevant
buffer is already pinned. If not, release the buffer, pin the VM buffer, and
acquire the lock again. This opens up a small window for other backends to
insert data onto the page - as the page is not entered into the freespacemap,
other backends won't see it normally, but a concurrent vacuum could enter the
page, if it started just after the relation is extended. In case the page is
used by another backend, retry. This is very similar to how locking
"otherBuffer" is already dealt with.
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230325025740.wzvchp2kromw4zqz@awork3.anarazel.de
GetVisibilityMapPins() insisted on the buffer1/buffer2 being in a specific
order. This required checks at the callsite. As a subsequent patch will add
another callsite, move related logic into GetVisibilityMapPins().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230403190030.fk2frxv6faklrseb@awork3.anarazel.de
\watch can now be told to stop after N executions of the query.
With the idea that we might want to add more options to \watch
in future, this patch generalizes the command's syntax to a list
of name=value options, with the interval allowed to omit the name
for backwards compatibility.
Andrey Borodin, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Nathan Bossart,
Michael Paquier, Yugo Nagata, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAhFRxiZ2-n_L1ErMm9AZjgmUK=qS6VHb+0SaMn8sqqbhF7How@mail.gmail.com
zstd compression supports a special mode for finding matched in distant
past, which may result in better compression ratio, at the expense of
using more memory (the window size is 128MB).
To enable this optional mode, use the "long" keyword when specifying the
compression method (--compress=zstd:long).
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230224191840.GD1653@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220327205020.GM28503@telsasoft.com
vacuum() is used for both the VACUUM command and for autovacuum. There
were many prechecks being done inside vacuum() that were just not relevant
to autovacuum. Let's move the bulk of these into ExecVacuum() so that
they're only executed when running the VACUUM command. This removes a
small amount of overhead when autovacuum vacuums a table.
While we are at it, allocate VACUUM's BufferAccessStrategy in ExecVacuum()
and pass it into vacuum() instead of expecting vacuum() to make it if it's
not already made by the calling function. To make this work, we need to
create the vacuum memory context slightly earlier, so we now need to pass
that down to vacuum() so that it's available for use in other memory
allocations.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230405211534.4skgskbilnxqrmxg@awork3.anarazel.de
A few places are not converted. Some because they are tackled in later
commits (e.g. hio.c, xlogutils.c), some because they are more
complicated (e.g. brin_pageops.c). Having a few users of ReadBuffer(P_NEW) is
good anyway, to ensure the backward compat path stays working.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
32fbe0239 changed things so we didn't bother allocating the
BufferAccessStrategy during VACUUM (ONLY_DATABASE_STATS); and VACUUM
(FULL), however, it forgot to consider that VACUUM (FULL, ANALYZE) is a
possible combination. That change would have resulted in such a command
allowing ANALYZE to make full use of shared buffers, which wasn't
intended, so fix that.
Reported-by: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bJRKe+v_=OqwC+5sA3j5qv8rqdAwy3+yHaO3wmtfrCRg@mail.gmail.com
pg_stat_statements relies on EState->es_processed to count the number of
rows processed by ExecutorRun(). This proves to be a problem under the
extended query protocol when the result of a query is fetched through
more than one call of ExecutorRun(), as es_processed is reset each time
ExecutorRun() is called. This causes pg_stat_statements to report the
number of rows calculated in the last execute fetch, rather than the
global sum of all the rows processed.
As pquery.c tells, this is a problem when a portal does not use
holdStore. For example, DMLs with RETURNING would report a correct
tuple count as these do one execution cycle when the query is first
executed to fill in the portal's store with one ExecutorRun(), feeding
on the portal's store for each follow-up execute fetch depending on the
fetch size requested by the client.
The fix proposed for this issue is simple with the addition of an extra
counter in EState that's preserved across multiple ExecutorRun() calls,
incremented with the value calculated in es_processed. This approach is
not back-patchable, unfortunately.
Note that libpq does not currently give any way to control the fetch
size when using the extended v3 protocol, meaning that in-core testing
is not possible yet. This issue can be easily verified with the JDBC
driver, though, with *autocommit disabled*. Hence, having in-core tests
requires more features, left for future discussion:
- At least two new libpq routines splitting PQsendQueryGuts(), one for
the bind/describe and a second for a series of execute fetches with a
custom fetch size, likely in a fashion similar to what JDBC does.
- A psql meta-command for the execute phase. This part is not strictly
mandatory, still it could be handy.
Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan (original discovery by Simon Siggs)
Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EBE6C507-9EB6-4142-9E4D-38B1673363A7@amazon.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c90890e7-9c89-c34f-d3c5-d5c763a34bd8@dunslane.net
The primary bottlenecks for relation extension are:
1) The extension lock is held while acquiring a victim buffer for the new
page. Acquiring a victim buffer can require writing out the old page
contents including possibly needing to flush WAL.
2) When extending via ReadBuffer() et al, we write a zero page during the
extension, and then later write out the actual page contents. This can
nearly double the write rate.
3) The existing bulk relation extension infrastructure in hio.c just amortized
the cost of acquiring the relation extension lock, but none of the other
costs.
Unfortunately 1) cannot currently be addressed in a central manner as the
callers to ReadBuffer() need to acquire the extension lock. To address that,
this this commit moves the responsibility for acquiring the extension lock
into bufmgr.c functions. That allows to acquire the relation extension lock
for just the required time. This will also allow us to improve relation
extension further, without changing callers.
The reason we write all-zeroes pages during relation extension is that we hope
to get ENOSPC errors earlier that way (largely works, except for CoW
filesystems). It is easier to handle out-of-space errors gracefully if the
page doesn't yet contain actual tuples. This commit addresses 2), by using the
recently introduced smgrzeroextend(), which extends the relation, without
dirtying the kernel page cache for all the extended pages.
To address 3), this commit introduces a function to extend a relation by
multiple blocks at a time.
There are three new exposed functions: ExtendBufferedRel() for extending the
relation by a single block, ExtendBufferedRelBy() to extend a relation by
multiple blocks at once, and ExtendBufferedRelTo() for extending a relation up
to a certain size.
To avoid duplicating code between ReadBuffer(P_NEW) and the new functions,
ReadBuffer(P_NEW) now implements relation extension with
ExtendBufferedRel(), using a flag to tell ExtendBufferedRel() that the
relation lock is already held.
Note that this commit does not yet lead to a meaningful performance or
scalability improvement - for that uses of ReadBuffer(P_NEW) will need to be
converted to ExtendBuffered*(), which will be done in subsequent commits.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
This adds a new option to libpq's sslrootcert, "system", which will load
the system trusted CA roots for certificate verification. This is a more
convenient way to achieve this than pointing to the system CA roots
manually since the location can differ by installation and be locally
adjusted by env vars in OpenSSL.
When sslrootcert is set to system, sslmode is forced to be verify-full
as weaker modes aren't providing much security for public CAs.
Changing the location of the system roots by setting environment vars is
not supported by LibreSSL so the tests will use a heuristic to determine
if the system being tested is LibreSSL or OpenSSL.
The workaround in .cirrus.yml is required to handle a strange interaction
between homebrew and the openssl@3 formula; hopefully this can be removed
in the near future.
The original patch was written by Thomas Habets, which was later revived
by Jacob Champion.
Author: Jacob Champion <jchampion@timescale.com>
Author: Thomas Habets <thomas@habets.se>
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA%2BkHd%2BcJwCUxVb-Gj_0ptr3_KZPwi3%2B67vK6HnLFBK9MzuYrLA%40mail.gmail.com
A future patch will add support for extending relations by multiple blocks at
once. To be concurrency safe, the buffers for those blocks need to be marked
as BM_IO_IN_PROGRESS. Until now we only had infrastructure for recovering from
an IO error for a single buffer. This commit extends that infrastructure to
multiple buffers by using the resource owner infrastructure.
This commit increases the size of the ResourceOwnerData struct, which appears
to have a just about measurable overhead in very extreme workloads. Medium
term we are planning to substantially shrink the size of
ResourceOwnerData. Short term the increase is small enough to not worry about
it for now.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029200025.w7bvlgvamjfo6z44@awork3.anarazel.de
Merge and hash joins can support antijoin with the non-nullable input
on the right, using very simple combinations of their existing logic
for right join and anti join. This gives the planner more freedom
about how to order the join. It's particularly useful for hash join,
since we may now have the option to hash the smaller table instead
of the larger.
Richard Guo, reviewed by Ronan Dunklau and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48xh9hMzXzSy3VaPzGAz+fkxXXTUbCLohX1_L8THFRm2Q@mail.gmail.com
Previously we held buffer locks for two buffer mapping partitions at the same
time to change the identity of buffers. Particularly for extending relations
needing to hold the extension lock while acquiring a victim buffer is
painful.But it also creates a bottleneck for workloads that just involve
reads.
Now we instead first acquire a victim buffer and write it out, if
necessary. Then we remove that buffer from the old partition with just the old
partition's partition lock held and insert it into the new partition with just
that partition's lock held.
By separating out the victim buffer acquisition, future commits will be able
to change relation extensions to scale better.
On my workstation, a micro-benchmark exercising buffered reads strenuously and
under a lot of concurrency, sees a >2x improvement.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Commit 47bb9db75 taught AcquireExecutorLocks to re-acquire locks
on views using data from their RTE_SUBQUERY replacements, but
it now seems like we should make AcquirePlannerLocks do the same.
In this way, if a view has been redefined, we will notice that
a bit earlier while checking validity of a cached plan and thereby
avoid some wasted work.
Report and patch by Amit Langote.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqH0xZOQ+GQAdKeckY1R4NOeHdzhtfxkAMJLSchpapNk5w@mail.gmail.com
Allow pg_dump to use the zstd compression, in addition to gzip/lz4. Bulk
of the new compression method is implemented in compress_zstd.{c,h},
covering the pg_dump compression APIs. The rest of the patch adds test
and makes various places aware of the new compression method.
The zstd library (which this patch relies on) supports multithreaded
compression since version 1.5. We however disallow that feature for now,
as it might interfere with parallel backups on platforms that rely on
threads (e.g. Windows). This can be improved / relaxed in the future.
This also fixes a minor issue in InitDiscoverCompressFileHandle(), which
was not updated to check if the file already has the .lz4 extension.
Adding zstd compression was originally proposed in 2020 (see the second
thread), but then was reworked to use the new compression API introduced
in e9960732a9. I've considered both threads when compiling the list of
reviewers.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Jacob Champion, Andreas Karlsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230224191840.GD1653@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201221194924.GI30237@telsasoft.com
This adds a few more assertions against a buffer being local in places we
don't expect, and extracts the check for a buffer being pinned exactly once
from LockBufferForCleanup() into its own function. Later commits will use this
function.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/419312fd-9255-078c-c3e3-f0525f911d7f@iki.fi
smgrzeroextend() uses FileFallocate() to efficiently extend files by multiple
blocks. When extending by a small number of blocks, use FileZero() instead, as
using posix_fallocate() for small numbers of blocks is inefficient for some
file systems / operating systems. FileZero() is also used as the fallback for
FileFallocate() on platforms / filesystems that don't support fallocate.
A big advantage of using posix_fallocate() is that it typically won't cause
dirty buffers in the kernel pagecache. So far the most common pattern in our
code is that we smgrextend() a page full of zeroes and put the corresponding
page into shared buffers, from where we later write out the actual contents of
the page. If the kernel, e.g. due to memory pressure or elapsed time, already
wrote back the all-zeroes page, this can lead to doubling the amount of writes
reaching storage.
There are no users of smgrzeroextend() as of this commit. That will follow in
future commits.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
In v13 and v14, the ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER USER variant malfunctioned
on cloned triggers, failing to find the clones because it thought they
were system triggers. Other variants of ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER would
improperly apply a superuserness check. Fix by adjusting the is-it-
a-system-trigger check to match reality in those branches. (As far
as I can find, this is the only place that got it wrong.)
There's no such bug in v15/HEAD, because we revised the catalog
representation of system triggers to be what this code was expecting.
However, add the test case to these branches anyway, because this area
is visibly pretty fragile. Also remove an obsoleted comment.
The recent v15/HEAD commit 6949b921d fixed a nearby bug. I now see
that my commit message for that was inaccurate: the behavior of
recursing to clone triggers is older than v15, but it didn't apply
to the case in v13/v14 because in those branches parent partitioned
tables have no pg_trigger entries for foreign-key triggers. But add
the test case from that commit to v13/v14, just to show what is
happening there.
Per bug #17886 from DzmitryH.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17886-5406d5d828aa4aa3@postgresql.org
The read path needs to be able to initialize pages anyway, as relation
extensions are not durable. By avoiding initializing pages, we can, in a
future patch, extend the relation by multiple blocks at once.
Using smgrextend() for {vm,fsm}_extend() is not a good idea in general, as at
least one page of the VM/FSM will be read immediately after, always causing a
cache miss, requiring us to read content we just wrote.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230301223515.pucbj7nb54n4i4nv@awork3.anarazel.de
This is mainly a light renumbering to match the sections in the
standard.
The comments for SQL_IMPLEMENTATION_INFO and SQL_SIZING are no longer
applicable because the required information has been moved into part
9.
fill_seq_fork_with_data(), used to initialize a new sequence relation, only
locked the buffer after calling PageInit(), even though PageInit() modifies
page contents.
This is unlikely to cause real-world issues, as the relation is exclusively
locked at that point, and the buffer not yet marked dirty, so other processes
should not access the buffer.
This issue looks to have been present since the introduction of sequences in
e8647c45d6.
Given the low risk, it does not seem worth backpatching the fix.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230404185501.wdkmo3k7bedlx6qk@awork3.anarazel.de
Convert to BCP47 language tags before storing in the catalog, except
during binary upgrade or when the locale comes from an existing
collation or template database.
The resulting language tags can vary slightly between ICU
versions. For instance, "@colBackwards=yes" is converted to
"und-u-kb-true" in older versions of ICU, and to the simpler (but
equivalent) "und-u-kb" in newer versions.
The process of canonicalizing to a language tag also understands more
input locale string formats than ucol_open(). For instance,
"fr_CA.UTF-8" is misinterpreted by ucol_open() and the region is
ignored; effectively treating it the same as the locale "fr" and
opening the wrong collator. Canonicalization properly interprets the
language and region, resulting in the language tag "fr-CA", which can
then be understood by ucol_open().
This commit fixes a problem in prior versions due to ucol_open()
misinterpreting locale strings as described above. For instance,
creating an ICU collation with locale "fr_CA.UTF-8" would store that
string directly in the catalog, which would later be passed to (and
misinterpreted by) ucol_open(). After this commit, the locale string
will be canonicalized to language tag "fr-CA" in the catalog, which
will be properly understood by ucol_open(). Because this fix affects
the resulting collator, we cannot change the locale string stored in
the catalog for existing databases or collations; otherwise we'd risk
corrupting indexes. Therefore, only canonicalize locales for
newly-created (not upgraded) collations/databases. For similar
reasons, do not backport.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8c7af6820aed94dc7bc259d2aa7f9663518e6137.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Invent "GET DIAGNOSTICS oid_variable = PG_ROUTINE_OID".
This is useful for avoiding the maintenance nuisances that come
with embedding a function's name in its body, as one might do
for logging purposes for example. Typically users would cast the
result to regproc or regprocedure to get something human-readable,
but we won't pre-judge whether that's appropriate.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Kirk Wolak and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRA4zMd5pY-B89Gm64bDLRt-L+akOd34aD1j4PEstHHSVQ@mail.gmail.com
This option is normally false, but can be set to true to obtain
the legacy behavior where the subscription runs with the permissions
of the subscription owner rather than the permissions of the
table owner. The advantages of this mode are (1) it doesn't require
that the subscription owner have permission to SET ROLE to each
table owner and (2) since no role switching occurs, the
SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions do not apply.
On the downside, it allows any table owner to easily usurp
the privileges of the subscription owner - basically, to take
over their account. Because that's generally quite undesirable,
we don't make this mode the default, but we do make it available,
just in case the new behavior causes too many problems for someone.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ-WEeG6Z14AfH7KhmpX2eFh+tZ0z+vf0=eMDdbda269g@mail.gmail.com
Up until now, logical replication actions have been performed as the
subscription owner, who will generally be a superuser. Commit
cec57b1a0f documented hazards
associated with that situation, namely, that any user who owns a
table on the subscriber side could assume the privileges of the
subscription owner by attaching a trigger, expression index, or
some other kind of executable code to it. As a remedy, it suggested
not creating configurations where users who are not fully trusted
own tables on the subscriber.
Although that will work, it basically precludes using logical
replication in the way that people typically want to use it,
namely, to replicate a database from one node to another
without necessarily having any restrictions on which database
users can own tables. So, instead, change logical replication to
execute INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and TRUNCATE operations as the
table owner when they are replicated.
Since this involves switching the active user frequently within
a session that is authenticated as the subscription user, also
impose SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions on logical
replication code. As an exception, if the table owner can SET
ROLE to the subscription owner, these restrictions have no
security value, so don't impose them in that case.
Subscription owners are now required to have the ability to
SET ROLE to every role that owns a table that the subscription
is replicating. If they don't, replication will fail. Superusers,
who normally own subscriptions, satisfy this property by default.
Non-superusers users who own subscriptions will need to be
granted the roles that own relevant tables.
Patch by me, reviewed (but not necessarily in its entirety) by
Jelte Fennema, Jeff Davis, and Noah Misch.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaSCkg9ww9oppPqqs+9RVqCexYCE6Aq=UsYPfnOoDeFkw@mail.gmail.com
- At the last minute and for no particularly good reason, I changed the
WITHOUT token to be marked especially for lookahead, from the one in
WITHOUT TIME to the one in WITHOUT UNIQUE. Study of upcoming patches
(where a new WITHOUT ARRAY WRAPPER clause is added) showed me that the
former was better, so put it back the way the original patch had it.
- update exprTypmod() for JsonConstructorExpr to return the typmod of
the RETURNING clause, as a comment there suggested. Perhaps it's
possible for this to make a difference with datetime types, but I
didn't try to build a test case.
- The nodeFuncs.c support code for new nodes was calling walker()
directly instead of the WALK() macro as introduced by commit 1c27d16e6e.
Modernize that. Also add exprLocation() support for a couple of nodes
that missed it. Lastly, reorder the code more sensibly.
The WITHOUT_LA -> WITHOUT change means that stored rules containing
either WITHOUT TIME ZONE or WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS would change
representation. Therefore, bump catversion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230329181708.e64g2tpy7jyufqkr@alvherre.pgsql
The trace point was using the relfileno / fork / block for the to-be-read-in
buffer. Some upcoming work would make that more expensive to provide. We still
have buffer-flush-start/done, which can serve most tracing needs that
buffer-write-dirty could serve.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f5164e7a-eef6-8972-75a3-8ac622ed0c6e@iki.fi
Commit 61b313e4 made VACUUM pass down a heaprel to index AM bulkdelete
and vacuumcleanup routines. Although this was primarily intended as
preparation for logical decoding on standbys, it also made it easy to
correct an old deficiency in how we determine how to cleanup SP-GiST
redirect and placeholder tuples.
Pass the heaprel to GlobalVisTestFor() during cleanup of redirect and
placeholder tuples, rather than pessimistically passing NULL.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/02392033-f030-a3c8-c7d0-5c27eb529fec@gmail.com
Commit 61b313e4 made nbtree consistently pass down a heaprel to low
level routines like _bt_getbuf(). Although this was primarily intended
as preparation for logical decoding on standbys, it also made it easy to
correct an old deficiency in how nbtree VACUUM determines whether or not
it's now safe to recycle deleted pages.
Pass the heaprel to GlobalVisTestFor() in nbtree routines that deal with
recycle safety. nbtree now makes less pessimistic assumptions about
recycle safety within non-catalog relations. This enhancement
complements the recycling enhancement added by commit 9dd963ae25.
nbtree remains just as pessimistic as ever when it comes to recycle
safety within indexes on catalog relations. There is no fundamental
reason why we need to treat catalog relations differently, though. The
behavioral inconsistency is a consequence of the way that nbtree uses
nextXID values to implement what Lanin and Shasha call "the drain
technique". Note in particular that it has nothing to do with whether
or not index tuples might still be required for an older MVCC snapshot.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkaiDxCje0yPuH=3Uh2p1V_2pFGY==xfbZoZu7Ax_NB8g@mail.gmail.com
In USE_VALGRIND builds, add code to print the text of the current query
to the valgrind log whenever the valgrind error count has increased
during the query. Valgrind will already have printed its report,
if the error is distinct from ones already seen, so that this works
out fairly well as a way of annotating the log.
Onur Tirtir and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM9PR83MB0498531E804DC8DF8CFF0E8FE9D09@AM9PR83MB0498.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
The new name better reflects what the field is - the size of the buffers[]
array. ring_size sounded more like it is in units of bytes.
An upcoming commit allows a BufferAccessStrategy of custom sizes, so it
seems relevant to improve this beforehand.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_YefVbhg4rAxU2frYFdTap61UftH-kUNQZBvAs%2BYK81Zg%40mail.gmail.com
Traditionally, vacuum always makes use of a buffer access strategy 32
buffers in size. This means that running vacuums tend not to cause too
many shared buffers to become dirty, however, this can cause vacuums to
run much more slowly than they otherwise could as WAL flushes will occur
more frequently due to having to flush WAL out to the LSN of the dirty
page before that page can be written to disk.
When we are performing failsafe VACUUMs (as added in 1e55e7d17), we really
want to make the vacuum work go as quickly as possible, so here we disable
the buffer access strategy when entering failsafe mode while vacuuming a
relation.
Per idea and analyis from Andres Freund.
In passing, also include some changes I had intended for 32fbe0239.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230111182720.ejifsclfwymw2reb%40awork3.anarazel.de
VACUUM FULL and VACUUM ONLY_DATABASE_STATS will not use the vacuum
strategy ring created in vacuum(), so don't waste effort making it in
those cases.
There are other conceivable cases where the buffer strategy also won't be
used, but those are probably less common and not worth troubling over too
much. For example VACUUM (PROCESS_MAIN false, PROCESS_TOAST false).
There are other cases too, but many of these are only discovered once
inside vacuum_rel().
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_ZLRuzkM3zKogiZAz2hUony37yLY4aaLb8fPf8fgqs5Og@mail.gmail.com
Using global variables because we don't want to pass these values around
as parameters does not really seem like a great idea, so let's remove
these two global variables and adjust a few functions to accept these
values as parameters instead.
This is part of a wider patch which intends to allow the size of the
buffer access strategy that vacuum uses to be adjusted.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_b1q_07uquUtAvLqTM%3DW9nzee7QbtzHwA4XdUo7KX_Cnw%40mail.gmail.com
This commit only implements one prerequisite part for allowing logical
decoding. The commit message contains an explanation of the overall design,
which later commits will refer back to.
Overall design:
1. We want to enable logical decoding on standbys, but replay of WAL
from the primary might remove data that is needed by logical decoding,
causing error(s) on the standby. To prevent those errors, a new replication
conflict scenario needs to be addressed (as much as hot standby does).
2. Our chosen strategy for dealing with this type of replication slot
is to invalidate logical slots for which needed data has been removed.
3. To do this we need the latestRemovedXid for each change, just as we
do for physical replication conflicts, but we also need to know
whether any particular change was to data that logical replication
might access. That way, during WAL replay, we know when there is a risk of
conflict and, if so, if there is a conflict.
4. We can't rely on the standby's relcache entries for this purpose in
any way, because the startup process can't access catalog contents.
5. Therefore every WAL record that potentially removes data from the
index or heap must carry a flag indicating whether or not it is one
that might be accessed during logical decoding.
Why do we need this for logical decoding on standby?
First, let's forget about logical decoding on standby and recall that
on a primary database, any catalog rows that may be needed by a logical
decoding replication slot are not removed.
This is done thanks to the catalog_xmin associated with the logical
replication slot.
But, with logical decoding on standby, in the following cases:
- hot_standby_feedback is off
- hot_standby_feedback is on but there is no a physical slot between
the primary and the standby. Then, hot_standby_feedback will work,
but only while the connection is alive (for example a node restart
would break it)
Then, the primary may delete system catalog rows that could be needed
by the logical decoding on the standby (as it does not know about the
catalog_xmin on the standby).
So, it’s mandatory to identify those rows and invalidate the slots
that may need them if any. Identifying those rows is the purpose of
this commit.
Implementation:
When a WAL replay on standby indicates that a catalog table tuple is
to be deleted by an xid that is greater than a logical slot's
catalog_xmin, then that means the slot's catalog_xmin conflicts with
the xid, and we need to handle the conflict. While subsequent commits
will do the actual conflict handling, this commit adds a new field
isCatalogRel in such WAL records (and a new bit set in the
xl_heap_visible flags field), that is true for catalog tables, so as to
arrange for conflict handling.
The affected WAL records are the ones that already contain the
snapshotConflictHorizon field, namely:
- gistxlogDelete
- gistxlogPageReuse
- xl_hash_vacuum_one_page
- xl_heap_prune
- xl_heap_freeze_page
- xl_heap_visible
- xl_btree_reuse_page
- xl_btree_delete
- spgxlogVacuumRedirect
Due to this new field being added, xl_hash_vacuum_one_page and
gistxlogDelete do now contain the offsets to be deleted as a
FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER. This is needed to ensure correct alignment.
It's not needed on the others struct where isCatalogRel has
been added.
This commit just introduces the WAL format changes mentioned above. Handling
the actual conflicts will follow in future commits.
Bumps XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC as the several WAL records are changed.
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (in an older version)
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Oversight in f2698ea02c, which introduced
the variable. This lowers some 1000s timeouts to the configurable
default of 180s, due to a lack of evidence for needing the longer
timeout. The alternative was 6*PG_TEST_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT, which we can
adopt if the need arises. Given the lack of observed trouble with these
timeouts, no back-patch.
This is done in preparation for logical decoding on standby, which needs to
include whether visibility affecting WAL records are about a (user) catalog
table. Which is only known for the table, not the indexes.
It's also nice to be able to pass the heap relation to GlobalVisTestFor() in
vacuumRedirectAndPlaceholder().
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21b700c3-eecf-2e05-a699-f8c78dd31ec7@gmail.com
If visibilitymap_set() is called with flags containing a higher bit than
VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN, the state of neighboring pages is affected. While
there was an assertion that *some* valid bits were set, it did not check
that *only* valid bits were. Change that.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230331043300.gux3s5wzrapqi4oe@awork3.anarazel.de
PageInit() while holding the extension lock is unnecessary after 0d1fe9f74e
started to use RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK - nobody can look at the new page before we
release the page lock. PageInit() zeroes the page, which isn't that cheap, so
deferring it until after the extension lock is released seems like a good idea.
Doing visibilitymap_pin() while holding the extension lock, introduced in
7db0cd2145, looks like an accident. Due to the restrictions on
HEAP_INSERT_FROZEN it's unlikely to be a performance issue, but it still seems
better to move it out. We also are doing the visibilitymap_pin() while
holding the buffer lock, which will be fixed in a separate commit.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/419312fd-9255-078c-c3e3-f0525f911d7f@iki.fi
After 0da243fed0 got committed, it was reported that in some cases the
compression ratio is rather poor - particularly for custom format with
narrow tables - due to writing the LZ4 header/footer for each row.
This commit switches to LZ4F (LZ4 frame format), eliminating most of the
overhead and greatly improving the compression ratio. This makes the
compressed size about the same for plain and custom formats (just like
for gzip, for example).
LZ4F is now used by both compression APIs, which allowed refactoring and
reusing more of the code. For consistency this also renames the LZ4File
struct to LZ4State, and a number of functions are now prefixed with
LZ4Stream_ (instead of LZ4File_).
Patch by Georgios Kokolatos, based on report and initial patch by Justin
Pryzby. Review and minor cleanups by me.
Author: Georgios Kokolatos, Justin Pryzby
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230227044910.GO1653%40telsasoft.com
This patch introduces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates
on text and bytea values representing JSON, as well as on the json and
jsonb types. Each test has IS and IS NOT variants and supports a WITH
UNIQUE KEYS flag. The tests are:
IS JSON [VALUE]
IS JSON ARRAY
IS JSON OBJECT
IS JSON SCALAR
These should be self-explanatory.
The WITH UNIQUE KEYS flag makes these return false when duplicate keys
exist in any object within the value, not necessarily directly contained
in the outermost object.
Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF4Au4w2x-5LTnN_bxky-mq4=WOqsGsxSpENCzHRAzSnEd8+WQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
I realized that the third overflow case I posited in commit b0e9e4d76
actually should be handled in a different way: rather than tolerating
the idea that the quotient could round to 1, we should clamp so that
the output cannot be more than "count" when we know that the operand is
less than bound2. That being the case, we don't need an overflow-aware
increment in that code path, which leads me to revert the movement of
the pg_add_s32_overflow() call. (The diff in width_bucket_float8
might be easier to read by comparing against b0e9e4d76^.)
What's more, width_bucket_numeric also has this problem of the quotient
potentially rounding to 1, so add a clamp there too.
As before, I'm not quite convinced that a back-patch is warranted.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/391415.1680268470@sss.pgh.pa.us
Up through v11 it was sensible to use the "oid" system column as
a foreign key column, but since that was removed there's no visible
usefulness in making any of the remaining system columns a foreign
key. Moreover, since the TupleTableSlot rewrites in v12, such cases
actively fail because of implicit assumptions that only user columns
appear in foreign keys. The lack of complaints about that seems
like good evidence that no one is trying to do it. Hence, rather
than trying to repair those assumptions (of which there are at least
two, maybe more), let's just forbid the case up front.
Per this patch, a system column in either the referenced or
referencing side of a foreign key will draw this error; however,
putting one in the referenced side would have failed later anyway,
since we don't allow unique indexes to be made on system columns.
Per bug #17877 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v12; the
case still appears to work in v11, so we shouldn't break it there.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17877-4bcc658e33df6de1@postgresql.org
The totalrows/totaldeadrows outputs were left uninitialized in cases
where we find no analyzable child tables of a partitioned table. This
could lead to setting the partitioned table's pg_class.reltuples value
to garbage. It's not clear that that would have any very bad effects
in practice, but fix it anyway because it's making valgrind unhappy.
Reported and diagnosed by Alexander Lakhin (bug #17880).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17880-9282037c923d856e@postgresql.org
This converts pg_regress output format to emit TAP compliant output
while keeping it as human readable as possible for use without TAP
test harnesses. As verbose harness related information isn't really
supported by TAP this also reduces the verbosity of pg_regress runs
which makes scrolling through log output in buildfarm/CI runs a bit
easier as well.
As the meson TAP parser conumes whitespace, the leading indentation
for differentiating parallel tests from sequential tests has been
changed to a single character prefix.
This patch has been around for an extended period of time, reviewers
listed below may have been involved in reviewing a version quite
different from the version in this commit. The original idea for
this patch was a hacking session with Jinbao Chen.
TAP format testing is also enabled in meson as of this.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Shaplov <dhyan@nataraj.su>
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BD4B107D-7E53-4794-ACBA-275BEB4327C9@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220221164736.rq3ornzjdkmwk2wo@alap3.anarazel.de
I forgot to do so in the referenced commit. While the consequences of omitting
the version change are likely to be harmless (besides discarding stats, as a
PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID bump also does), it still seems worth doing.
Among other things, this should make it easier to calculate a useful cache hit
ratio by excluding buffer reads via buffer access strategies. As buffer access
strategies reuse buffers (and thus evict the prior buffer contents), it is
normal to see reads on repeated scans of the same data.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_beMa9Hzih40%3DXPYqhDVz6tsgUGTrhZXRo%3Dunp%2Bszb%3DUA%40mail.gmail.com
When calling generateSerialExtraStmts(), we would pass in the
constraint->options. In some cases, generateSerialExtraStmts() would
modify the referenced List to remove elements from it, but doing so is
invalid without assigning the list back to all variables that point to it.
In the particular reported problem case, the List became empty, in which
cases it became NIL, but the passed in constraint->options didn't get to
find out about that and was left pointing to free'd memory.
To fix this, just perform a list_copy() inside generateSerialExtraStmts().
We could just do a list_copy() just before we perform the delete from the
list, however, that seems less robust. Let's make sure the generated
CreateSeqStmt gets a completely different copy of the list to be safe.
Bug: #17879
Reported-by: Fei Changhong
Diagnosed-by: Fei Changhong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17879-b7dfb5debee58ff5@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11, all supported versions
Full and right outer joins were not supported in the initial
implementation of Parallel Hash Join because of deadlock hazards (see
discussion). Therefore FULL JOIN inhibited parallelism, as the other
join strategies can't do that in parallel either.
Add a new PHJ phase PHJ_BATCH_SCAN that scans for unmatched tuples on
the inner side of one batch's hash table. For now, sidestep the
deadlock problem by terminating parallelism there. The last process to
arrive at that phase emits the unmatched tuples, while others detach and
are free to go and work on other batches, if there are any, but
otherwise they finish the join early.
That unfairness is considered acceptable for now, because it's better
than no parallelism at all. The build and probe phases are run in
parallel, and the new scan-for-unmatched phase, while serial, is usually
applied to the smaller of the two relations and is either limited by
some multiple of work_mem, or it's too big and is partitioned into
batches and then the situation is improved by batch-level parallelism.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BA6ftXPz4oe92%2Bx8Er%2BxpGZqto70-Q_ERwRaSyA%3DafNg%40mail.gmail.com
In instr_time.h it is stated that:
* When summing multiple measurements, it's recommended to leave the
* running sum in instr_time form (ie, use INSTR_TIME_ADD or
* INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF) and convert to a result format only at the end.
The reason for that is that converting to microseconds is not cheap, and can
loose precision. Therefore this commit changes 'PendingWalStats' to use
'instr_time' instead of 'PgStat_Counter' while accumulating 'wal_write_time'
and 'wal_sync_time'.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1feedb83-7aa9-cb4b-5086-598349d3f555@gmail.com
There's no need for callers to pass aggregate names so that the function
can resolve them to OIDs, when callers can just pass aggregate OIDs
directly to begin with.
We were transferring partPruneInfos from PlannerInfo into PlannerGlobal
wrong, essentially relying on all of them being transferred, and
adjusting their list indexes based on that. But apparently it's
possible that some of them are skipped, so that strategy leads to a
corrupted execution tree. Instead, adjust each Append/MergeAppend's
partpruneinfo index as we copy from one list to the other, which seems
safer anyway. This requires adjusting the RT offset of the RTE
referenced in each partPruneInfo ahead of actually adjusting the RTE
itself, which seems a bit too ad-hoc.
This problem was introduced by commit ec38694894. However, it may be
that we no longer require the change introduced there, so perhaps we
should revert both the present commit and that one.
Problem noticed by sqlsmith.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqG6tbc2oadsbyyy24b2AL295XHQgyLRWghmA7u_SL1K8A@mail.gmail.com
Quoting Melanie:
> Since if buffer is INT_MAX, then the -(buffer + 1) version invokes
> undefined behavior while the -buffer - 1 version doesn't.
All other places were already using the correct version. I (Andres), copied
the code into more places in a patch. Melanie caught it in review, but to
prevent more people from copying the bad code, fix it. Even if it is a
theoretical issue.
We really ought to wrap these accesses in a helper function...
As this is a theoretical issue, don't backpatch.
Reported-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aW2SX_LWtwHgfnqYpBrunMLfE9PD6-ioPpkh92XH0qpg@mail.gmail.com
This role can be granted to non-superusers to allow them to issue
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION. The non-superuser must additionally have CREATE
permissions on the database in which the subscription is to be
created.
Most forms of ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, including ALTER SUBSCRIPTION .. SKIP,
now require only that the role performing the operation own the
subscription, or inherit the privileges of the owner. However, to
use ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... RENAME or ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... OWNER TO,
you also need CREATE permission on the database. This is similar to
what we do for schemas. To change the owner of a schema, you must also
have permission to SET ROLE to the new owner, similar to what we do
for other object types.
Non-superusers are required to specify a password for authentication
and the remote side must use the password, similar to what is required
for postgres_fdw and dblink. A superuser who wants a non-superuser to
own a subscription that does not rely on password authentication may
set the new password_required=false property on that subscription. A
non-superuser may not set password_required=false and may not modify a
subscription that already has password_required=false.
This new password_required subscription property works much like the
eponymous postgres_fdw property. In both cases, the actual semantics
are that a password is not required if either (1) the property is set
to false or (2) the relevant user is the superuser.
Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund, Jeff Davis, Mark Dilger,
and Stephen Frost (but some of those people did not fully endorse
all of the decisions that the patch makes).
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaDH=0Xj7OBiQnsHTKcF2c4L+=gzPBUKSJLh8zed2_+Dg@mail.gmail.com
The original coding of this function paid little attention to the
possibility of overflow. There were actually three different hazards:
1. The range from bound1 to bound2 could exceed DBL_MAX, which on
IEEE-compliant machines produces +Infinity in the subtraction.
At best we'd lose all precision in the result, and at worst
produce NaN due to dividing Inf/Inf. The range can't exceed
twice DBL_MAX though, so we can fix this case by scaling all the
inputs by 0.5.
2. We computed count * (operand - bound1), which is also at risk of
float overflow, before dividing. Safer is to do the division first,
producing a quotient that should be in [0,1), and even after allowing
for roundoff error can't be outside [0,1]; then multiplying by count
can't produce a result overflowing an int. (width_bucket_numeric does
the multiplication first on the grounds that that improves accuracy of
its result, but I don't think that a similar argument can be made in
float arithmetic.)
3. If the division result does round to 1, and count is INT_MAX,
the final addition of 1 would overflow an int. We took care
of that in the operand >= bound2 case but did not consider that
it could be possible in the main path. Fix that by moving the
overflow-aware addition of 1 so it is done that way in all cases.
The fix for point 2 creates a possibility that values very close to
a bucket boundary will be rounded differently than they were before.
I'm not troubled by that for HEAD, but it is an argument against
putting this into the stable branches. Given that the cases being
fixed here are fairly extreme and unlikely to be hit in normal use,
it seems best not to back-patch.
Mats Kindahl and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17876-61f280d1601f978d@postgresql.org
The fallback seed for when pg_strong_random cannot generate a high
quality seed mixes in the address of the conn object, but the cast
failed to take the word size into consideration. Fix by casting to
a uintptr_t instead. The seed calculation was added in 7f5b19817e.
The code as it stood generated the following warning on mamba and
lapwing in the buildfarm:
fe-connect.c: In function 'libpq_prng_init':
fe-connect.c:1048:11: error: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Werror=pointer-to-int-cast]
1048 | rseed = ((uint64) conn) ^
| ^
Author: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58665250EDCD551CCA9AD117F58E9@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
The tts_flag is named TTS_FLAG_SHOULDFREE, so use that instead of
TTS_SHOULDFREE, which is the name of the macro that checks for that flag.
Additionally, 4da597edf got rid of the TupleTableSlot.tts_tuple field but
forgot to update a comment which referenced that field. Fix that.
Reported-by: Zhen Mingyang <zhenmingyang@yeah.net>
Reported-by: Richard Guo <guofenglinux@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1a96696c.9d3.187193989c3.Coremail.zhenmingyang@yeah.net
This adds support for load balancing connections with libpq using a
connection parameter: load_balance_hosts=<string>. When setting the
param to random, hosts and addresses will be connected to in random
order. This then results in load balancing across these addresses and
hosts when multiple clients or frequent connection setups are used.
The randomization employed performs two levels of shuffling:
1. The given hosts are randomly shuffled, before resolving them
one-by-one.
2. Once a host its addresses get resolved, the returned addresses
are shuffled, before trying to connect to them one-by-one.
Author: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Banck <mbanck@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin <amborodin86@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/PR3PR83MB04768E2FF04818EEB2179949F7A69@PR3PR83MB0476.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.
This refactors libpq to copy addrinfos returned by getaddrinfo to
memory owned by libpq such that future improvements can alter for
example the order of entries.
As a nice side effect of this refactor the mechanism for iteration
over addresses in PQconnectPoll is now identical to its iteration
over hosts.
Author: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Banck <mbanck@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin <amborodin86@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/PR3PR83MB04768E2FF04818EEB2179949F7A69@PR3PR83MB0476.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
gistBuildCallback tried to fetch the size of an index tuple that
might have already been freed by gistProcessEmptyingQueue.
While this seems to usually be harmless in production builds,
in principle it could result in a SIGSEGV, or more likely a bogus
value for indtuplesSize leading to poor page-split decisions later
in the build.
The memory management here is confusing and could stand to be
refactored, but for the moment it seems to be enough to fetch
the tuple size sooner. AFAICT the indtuples[Size] totals aren't
used in between these places; even if they were, the updated
values shouldn't be any worse to use. So just move the
incrementing of the totals up.
It's not very clear why our valgrind-using buildfarm animals
haven't noticed this problem, because the relevant code path
does seem to be exercised according to the code coverage report.
I think the reason that we didn't fix this bug after the first
report is that I'd wanted to try to understand that better.
However, now that it's been re-discovered let's just be pragmatic
and fix it already.
Original report by Alexander Lakhin (bug #16329),
later rediscovered by Egor Chindyaskin (bug #17874).
Patch by Alexander Lakhin (commentary by Pavel Borisov and me).
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16329-7a6aa9b6fa1118a1@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17874-63ca6c7ce42d2103@postgresql.org
This function has been a no-op for over a decade. Even if bufmgr
regains a need to be called during commit, it seems unlikely that
the most appropriate call points would be precisely here, so it's not
doing us much good as a placeholder either. Now, removing it probably
doesn't save any noticeable number of cycles --- but the main call is
inside the commit critical section, and the less work done there the
better.
Matthias van de Meent
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2Wi1=tLKbxZnXzcD+8fYKyKqBtivVakLQC_mYBsP4Y8qVA@mail.gmail.com
This commit introduces the SQL/JSON standard-conforming constructors for
JSON types:
JSON_ARRAY()
JSON_ARRAYAGG()
JSON_OBJECT()
JSON_OBJECTAGG()
Most of the functionality was already present in PostgreSQL-specific
functions, but these include some new functionality such as the ability
to skip or include NULL values, and to allow duplicate keys or throw
error when they are found, as well as the standard specified syntax to
specify output type and format.
Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF4Au4w2x-5LTnN_bxky-mq4=WOqsGsxSpENCzHRAzSnEd8+WQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
The standard collations "ucs_basic" and "unicode" were defined in
initdb, even though pg_collation.dat seems like the correct place for
them. It seems this was just forgotten during various reorganizations
of initdb and pg_collation.dat/.h over time.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/08b58ecd-0d50-9395-ed51-dc8294e3fd2b%40enterprisedb.com
In ancient times, these belonged to arguments or fields that were
actually of type long, but now they are not anymore, so this "L"
decoration is just confusing. (Some other 0L and other "L" constants
remain, where they are actually associated with a long type.)
When there are multiple publications for a subscription and one of those
publishes via the parent table by using publish_via_partition_root and the
other one directly publishes the child table, we end up copying the same
data twice during initial synchronization. The reason for this was that we
get both the parent and child tables from the publisher and try to copy
the data for both of them.
This patch extends the function pg_get_publication_tables() to take a
publication list as its input parameter. This allows us to exclude a
partition table whose ancestor is published by the same publication list.
This problem does exist in back-branches but we decide to fix it there in
a separate commit if required. The fix for back-branches requires quite
complicated changes to fetch the required table information from the
publisher as we can't update the function pg_get_publication_tables() in
back-branches. We are not sure whether we want to deviate and complicate
the code in back-branches for this problem as there are no field reports
yet.
Author: Wang wei
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Jacob Champion, Kuroda Hayato, Vignesh C, Osumi Takamichi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57167F45D481F78CDC5986F794B99@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
The pg_dump Compressor API has three basic callbacks - Allocate, Write
and End. The gzip implementation (since e9960732a) wrongly assumed the
Write function would always be called, and deferred the initialization
of the internal compression system until the first such call. But when
there's no data to compress (e.g. for empty LO), this would result in
not finalizing the compression state (because it was not actually
initialized), producing invalid dump.
Fixed by initializing the internal compression system in the Allocate
call, whenever the caller provides the Write. For decompression the
state is not needed, so we leave the private_data member unpopulated.
Introduces a pg_dump TAP test compressing an empty large object.
This also rearranges the functions to their original order, to make
diffs against older code simpler to understand. Finally, replace an
unreachable pg_fatal() with a simple assert check.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Author: Justin Pryzby, Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Georgios Kokolatos, Tomas Vondra
https://postgr.es/m/20230228235834.GC30529%40telsasoft.com
For ICU collations, ensure that the locale's language exists in ICU,
and that the locale can be opened.
Basic validation helps avoid minor mistakes and misspellings, which
often fall back to the root locale instead of the intended
locale. It's even more important to avoid such mistakes in ICU
versions 54 and earlier, where the same (misspelled) locale string
could fall back to different locales depending on the environment.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11b1eeb7e7667fdd4178497aeb796c48d26e69b9.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/df2efad0cae7c65180df8e5ebb709e5eb4f2a82b.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
MERGE planning could fail with "variable not found in subplan target
list" if the target table is partitioned and all its partitions are
excluded at plan time, or in the case where it has no partitions but
used to have some. This happened because distribute_row_identity_vars
thought it didn't need to make the target table's reltarget list
fully valid; but if we generate a join plan then that is required
because the dummy Result node's tlist will be made from the reltarget.
The same logic appears in distribute_row_identity_vars in v14,
but AFAICS the problem is unreachable in that branch for lack of
MERGE. In other updating statements, the target table is always
inner-joined to any other tables, so if the target is known dummy
then the whole plan reduces to dummy, so no join nodes are created.
So I'll refrain from back-patching this code change to v14 for now.
Per report from Alvaro Herrera.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230328112248.6as34mlx5sr4kltg@alvherre.pgsql
The extra checks done in check_icu_locale() are not necessary. An
existing comment already pointed out that the checks would be done
during post-bootstrap initialization, when the locale is opened by the
backend. This was a mistake in commit 27b62377b4.
This commit creates a simpler function default_icu_locale() to just
return the locale of the default collator.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04182066-7655-344a-b8b7-040b1b2490fb%40enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
To support older ICU versions, we rely on
icu_set_collation_attributes() to do error checking that is handled
directly by ucol_open() in newer ICU versions. Commit 3b50275b12
introduced a slight inconsistency, where the error report includes the
fixed-up locale string, rather than the locale string passed to
pg_ucol_open().
Refactor slightly so that pg_ucol_open() handles the errors from both
ucol_open() and icu_set_collation_attributes(), making it easier to
see any differences between the error reports. It also makes
pg_ucol_open() responsible for closing the UCollator on error, which
seems like the right place.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04182066-7655-344a-b8b7-040b1b2490fb%40enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Change the columns attndims, attstattarget, and attinhcount from int32
to int16, and reorder a bit. This saves some space (currently 4
bytes) in pg_attribute and tuple descriptors, which translates into
small performance benefits and/or room for new columns in pg_attribute
needed by future features.
attndims and attinhcount are never realistically used with values
larger than int16. Just to be sure, add some overflow checks.
attstattarget is currently limited explicitly to 10000.
For consistency, pg_constraint.coninhcount is also changed like
attinhcount.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d07ffc2b-e0e8-77f7-38fb-be921dff71af%40enterprisedb.com
Two new macros are added with their respective functions switched to
use them. These are for functions with millisecond stats, with and
without "xact" in their names (for the stats that can be tracked within
a transaction).
While on it, prefix the macro for float8 on database entries with "_MS",
as it does a us->ms conversion, based on a suggestion from Andres
Freund.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6e2efb4f-6fd0-807e-f6bf-94207db8183a@gmail.com
find_composite_type_dependencies() ignored indexes, which is a poor
decision because an expression index could have a stored column of
a composite (or other container) type even when the underlying table
does not. Teach it to detect such cases and error out. We have to
work a bit harder than for other relations because the pg_depend entry
won't identify the specific index column of concern, but it's not much
new code.
This does not address bug #17872's original complaint that dropping
a column in such a type might lead to violations of the uniqueness
property that a unique index is supposed to ensure. That seems of
much less concern to me because it won't lead to crashes.
Per bug #17872 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17872-d0fbb799dc3fd85d@postgresql.org
Commit bbc1376b39 checked that if
a redirected line pointer pointed to a tuple, the tuple should be
marked both HEAP_ONLY_TUPLE and HEAP_UPDATED. But Andres Freund
pointed out that *any* tuple that is marked HEAP_ONLY_TUPLE should
be marked HEAP_UPDATED, not just one that is the target of a
redirected line pointer. Do that instead.
To see why this is better, consider a redirect line pointer A
which points to a heap-only tuple B which points (via CTID)
to another heap-only tuple C. With the old code, we'd complain
if B was not marked HEAP_UPDATED, but with this change, we'll
complain if either B or C is not marked HEAP_UPDATED.
(Note that, with or without this commit, if either B or C were
not marked HEAP_ONLY_TUPLE, we would also complain about that.)
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmobLypZx%3DcOH%2ByY1GZmCruaoucHm77A6y_-Bo%3Dh-_3H28g%40mail.gmail.com
Replace the hardcoded value with a GUC such that the iteration
count can be raised in order to increase protection against
brute-force attacks. The hardcoded value for SCRAM iteration
count was defined to be 4096, which is taken from RFC 7677, so
set the default for the GUC to 4096 to match. In RFC 7677 the
recommendation is at least 15000 iterations but 4096 is listed
as a SHOULD requirement given that it's estimated to yield a
0.5s processing time on a mobile handset of the time of RFC
writing (late 2015).
Raising the iteration count of SCRAM will make stored passwords
more resilient to brute-force attacks at a higher computational
cost during connection establishment. Lowering the count will
reduce computational overhead during connections at the tradeoff
of reducing strength against brute-force attacks.
There are however platforms where even a modest iteration count
yields a too high computational overhead, with weaker password
encryption schemes chosen as a result. In these situations,
SCRAM with a very low iteration count still gives benefits over
weaker schemes like md5, so we allow the iteration count to be
set to one at the low end.
The new GUC is intentionally generically named such that it can
be made to support future SCRAM standards should they emerge.
At that point the value can be made into key:value pairs with
an undefined key as a default which will be backwards compatible
with this.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jkatz@postgresql.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F72E7BC7-189F-4B17-BF47-9735EB72C364@yesql.se
The nested-arrays code path in ExecEvalArrayExpr() used palloc to
allocate the result array, whereas every other array-creating function
has used palloc0 since 18c0b4ecc. This mostly works, but unused bits
past the end of the nulls bitmap may end up undefined. That causes
valgrind complaints with -DWRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES, and could
cause planner misbehavior as cited in 18c0b4ecc. There seems no very
good reason why we should strive to avoid palloc0 in just this one case,
so fix it the easy way with s/palloc/palloc0/.
While looking at that I noted that we also failed to check for overflow
of "nbytes" and "nitems" while summing the sizes of the sub-arrays,
potentially allowing a crash due to undersized output allocation.
For "nbytes", follow the policy used by other array-munging code of
checking for overflow after each addition. (As elsewhere, the last
addition of the array's overhead space doesn't need an extra check,
since palloc itself will catch a value between 1Gb and 2Gb.)
For "nitems", there's no very good reason to sum the inputs at all,
since we can perfectly well use ArrayGetNItems' result instead of
ignoring it.
Per discussion of this bug, also remove redundant zeroing of the
nulls bitmap in array_set_element and array_set_slice.
Patch by Alexander Lakhin and myself, per bug #17858 from Alexander
Lakhin; thanks also to Richard Guo. These bugs are a dozen years old,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17858-8fd287fd3663d051@postgresql.org
When extracting an attr from a cached tuple in the syscache with
SysCacheGetAttr the isnull parameter must be checked in case the
attr cannot be NULL. For cases when this is known beforehand, a
wrapper is introduced which perform the errorhandling internally
on behalf of the caller, invoking an elog in case of a NULL attr.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AD76405E-DB45-46B6-941F-17B1EB3A9076@yesql.se
The "partitions_total" and "partitions_done" fields were updated
as though the current level of partitioning was the only one.
In multi-level cases, not only could partitions_total change
over the course of the command, but partitions_done could go
backwards or exceed the currently-reported partitions_total.
Fix by setting partitions_total to the total number of direct
and indirect children once at command start, and then just
incrementing partitions_done at appropriate points. Invent
a new progress monitoring function "pgstat_progress_incr_param"
to simplify doing the latter. We can avoid adding cost for the
former when doing CREATE INDEX, because ProcessUtility already
enumerates the children and it's pretty easy to pass the count
down to DefineIndex. In principle the same could be done in
ALTER TABLE, but that's structurally difficult; for now, just
eat the cost of an extra find_all_inheritors scan in that case.
Ilya Gladyshev and Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a15f904a70924ffa4ca25c3c744cff31e0e6e143.camel@gmail.com
This provides a very simple way to see the generic plan for a
parameterized query. Without this, it's necessary to define
a prepared statement and temporarily change plan_cache_mode,
which is a bit tedious.
One thing that's a bit of a hack perhaps is that we disable
execution-time partition pruning when the GENERIC_PLAN option
is given. That's because the pruning code may attempt to
fetch the value of one of the parameters, which would fail.
Laurenz Albe, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud, Christoph Berg,
Michel Pelletier, Jim Jones, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0a29b954b10b57f0d135fe12aa0909bd41883eb0.camel@cybertec.at
ICU versions 53 and earlier rely on icu_set_collation_attributes() to
process the attributes in the locale string. Avoid leaking the
already-opened UCollator object if an error is encountered.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04182066-7655-344a-b8b7-040b1b2490fb%40enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
The fields of NLSVERSIONINFOEX are of type DWORD, which is unsigned
long, so the results of the computations being printed are also of
type unsigned long.
The sslcertmode option controls whether the server is allowed and/or
required to request a certificate from the client. There are three
modes:
- "allow" is the default and follows the current behavior, where a
configured client certificate is sent if the server requests one
(via one of its default locations or sslcert). With the current
implementation, will happen whenever TLS is negotiated.
- "disable" causes the client to refuse to send a client certificate
even if sslcert is configured or if a client certificate is available in
one of its default locations.
- "require" causes the client to fail if a client certificate is never
sent and the server opens a connection anyway. This doesn't add any
additional security, since there is no guarantee that the server is
validating the certificate correctly, but it may helpful to troubleshoot
more complicated TLS setups.
sslcertmode=require requires SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(), available since
OpenSSL 1.0.2. Note that LibreSSL does not include it.
Using a connection parameter different than require_auth has come up as
the simplest design because certificate authentication does not rely
directly on any of the AUTH_REQ_* codes, and one may want to require a
certificate to be sent in combination of a given authentication method,
like SCRAM-SHA-256.
TAP tests are added in src/test/ssl/, some of them relying on sslinfo to
check if a certificate has been set. These are compatible across all
the versions of OpenSSL supported on HEAD (currently down to 1.0.1).
Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Peter Eisentraut, David G. Johnston,
Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
The same error message will be used for a different option, to be
introduced in a separate patch. Reshaping the error message as done
here saves in translation.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author.
Author: Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
This commit renames the members of a few pgstat structures related to
functions and relations, by respectively removing their prefix "f_" and
"t_". The statistics for functions and relations and handled in their
own file, and pgstatfuncs.c associates each field in a structure
variable named based on the object type handled, so no information is
lost with this rename.
This will help with some of the refactoring aimed for pgstatfuncs.c, as
this makes more consistent the field names with the SQL functions
retrieving them.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9142f62a-a422-145c-bde0-b5bc498a4ada@gmail.com
Replace the symlink-chasing logic in find_my_exec with realpath(3),
which has been required by POSIX since SUSv2. (Windows lacks
realpath(), but there we can use _fullpath() which is functionally
equivalent.) The main benefit of this is that -- on all modern
platforms at least -- realpath() avoids the chdir() shenanigans
we used to perform while interpreting symlinks. That had various
corner-case failure modes so it's good to get rid of it.
There is still ongoing discussion about whether we could skip the
replacement of symlinks in some cases, but that's really matter
for a separate patch. Meanwhile I want to push this before we get
too close to feature freeze, so that we can find out if there are
showstopper portability issues.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/797232.1662075573@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add pgstat counter to track row updates that result in the successor
version going to a new heap page, leaving behind an original version
whose t_ctid points to the new version. The current count is shown by
the n_tup_newpage_upd column of each of the pg_stat_*_tables views.
The new n_tup_newpage_upd column complements the existing n_tup_hot_upd
and n_tup_upd columns. Tables that have high n_tup_newpage_upd values
(relative to n_tup_upd) are good candidates for tuning heap fillfactor.
Corey Huinker, with small tweaks by me.
Author: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=ded21M9iZ36hHm-vj2rE2d=zcKpUQMds__Xm2pxLfHKA@mail.gmail.com
The "und" locale is an alternative spelling of the root locale, but it
was not recognized until ICU 55. To maintain common behavior across
all supported ICU versions, check for "und" and replace with "root"
before opening.
Previously, the lack of support for "und" was dangerous, because
versions 54 and older fall back to the environment when a locale is
not found. If the user specified "und" for the language (which is
expected and documented), it could not only resolve to the wrong
collator, but it could unexpectedly change (which could lead to
corrupt indexes).
This effectively reverts commit d72900bded, which worked around the
problem for the built-in "unicode" collation, and is no longer
necessary.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/60da0cecfb512a78b8666b31631a636215d8ce73.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c6fa66f2753217d2a40480a96bd2ccf023536a1.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
This is evidently not required by most compilers, but buildfarm
member fairywren is unhappy without it. It looks like the meson
infrastructure has this right already.
Prior to the introduction of the compression API in e9960732a9, pg_dump
would use the ZLIB_IN_SIZE/ZLIB_OUT_SIZE to size input/output buffers.
Commit 0da243fed0 introduced similar constants for LZ4, but while gzip
defined both buffers to be 4kB, LZ4 used 4kB and 16kB without any clear
reasoning why that's desirable.
Furthermore, parts of the code unaware of which compression is used
(e.g. pg_backup_directory.c) continued to use ZLIB_OUT_SIZE directly.
Simplify by replacing the various constants with DEFAULT_IO_BUFFER_SIZE,
set to 4kB. The compression implementations still have an option to use
a custom value, but considering 4kB was fine for 20+ years, I find that
unlikely (and we'd probably just increase the default buffer size).
Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/33496f7c-3449-1426-d568-63f6bca2ac1f@gmail.com
After 0da243fed0 got committed, we've received a report about a compiler
warning, related to the new LZ4File_gets() function:
compress_lz4.c: In function 'LZ4File_gets':
compress_lz4.c:492:19: warning: comparison of unsigned expression in
'< 0' is always false [-Wtype-limits]
492 | if (dsize < 0)
The reason is very simple - dsize is declared as size_t, which is an
unsigned integer, and thus the check is pointless and we might fail to
notice an error in some cases (or fail in a strange way a bit later).
The warning could have been silenced by simply changing the type, but we
realized the API mostly assumes all the libraries use the same types and
report errors the same way (e.g. by returning 0 and/or negative value).
But we can't make this assumption - the gzip/lz4 libraries already
disagree on some of this, and even if they did a library added in the
future might not.
The right solution is to define what the API does, and translate the
library-specific behavior in consistent way (so that the internal errors
are not exposed to users of our compression API). So this adjusts the
data types in a couple places, so that we don't miss library errors, and
simplifies and unifies the error reporting to simply return true/false
(instead of e.g. size_t).
While at it, make sure LZ4File_open_write() does not clobber errno in
case open_func() fails.
Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/33496f7c-3449-1426-d568-63f6bca2ac1f@gmail.com
Hide details of supporting older ICU versions in a wrapper
function. The current code only needs to handle
icu_set_collation_attributes(), but a subsequent commit will add
additional version-specific code.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7ee414ad-deb5-1144-8a0e-b34ae3b71cd5@enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
We fail to apply updates and deletes when the REPLICA IDENTITY FULL is
used for the table having generated columns. We didn't use to ignore
generated columns while doing tuple comparison among the tuples from
the publisher and subscriber during apply of updates and deletes.
Author: Onder Kalaci
Reviewed-by: Shi yu, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVQC9WoofunvXg12aXtbqKnEgWxoRx3+v8q32AWYsdpGg@mail.gmail.com
This patch allows copying tables in the binary format during table
synchronization when the binary option for a subscription is enabled.
Previously, tables are copied in text format even if the subscription is
created with the binary option enabled. Copying tables in binary format
may reduce the time spent depending on column types.
A binary copy for initial table synchronization is supported only when
both publisher and subscriber are v16 or later.
Author: Melih Mutlu
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shi yu, Euler Taveira, Vignesh C, Kuroda Hayato, Osumi Takamichi, Bharath Rupireddy, Hou Zhijie
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCQvAziCLknEnygY0v1-KBtg%2BOm-9JHJYZOnNPKFJPompw%40mail.gmail.com
* Commit 3048898e dropped -ING from PHJ wait event names. Update the
corresponding barrier phases names to match.
* Rename the "DONE" phases to "FREE". That's symmetrical with
"ALLOCATE", and names the activity that actually happens in that phase
(as we do for the other phases) rather than a state. The bug fixed by
commit 8d578b9b might have been more obvious with this name.
* Rename the batch/bucket growth barriers' "ALLOCATE" phases to
"REALLOCATE", a better description of what they do.
* Update the high level comments about phases to highlight phases
are executed by a single process with an asterisk (mostly memory
management phases).
No behavior change, as this is just improving internal identifiers. The
only user-visible sign of this is that a couple of wait events' display
names change from "...Allocate" to "...Reallocate" in pg_stat_activity,
to stay in sync with the internal names.
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BMDpwF2Eo2LAvzd%3DpOh81wUTsrwU1uAwR-v6OGBB6%2B7g%40mail.gmail.com
Currently, in read committed transaction isolation mode (default), we have the
following sequence of actions when tuple_update()/tuple_delete() finds
the tuple updated by concurrent transaction.
1. Attempt to update/delete tuple with tuple_update()/tuple_delete(), which
returns TM_Updated.
2. Lock tuple with tuple_lock().
3. Re-evaluate plan qual (recheck if we still need to update/delete and
calculate the new tuple for update).
4. Second attempt to update/delete tuple with tuple_update()/tuple_delete().
This attempt should be successful, since the tuple was previously locked.
This patch eliminates step 2 by taking the lock during first
tuple_update()/tuple_delete() call. Heap table access method saves some
efforts by checking the updated tuple once instead of twice. Future
undo-based table access methods, which will start from the latest row version,
can immediately place a lock there.
The code in nodeModifyTable.c is simplified by removing the nested switch/case.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdua-YFw3XTprfutzGp28xXLigFtzNbuFY8yPhqeq6X5kg%40mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Pavel Borisov, Vignesh C, Mason Sharp
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Chris Travers
When we lock tuple using table_tuple_lock() then we at the same time fetch
the locked tuple to the slot. In this case we can skip extra
table_tuple_fetch_row_version() thank to we've already fetched the 'old' tuple
and nobody can change it concurrently since it's locked.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdua-YFw3XTprfutzGp28xXLigFtzNbuFY8yPhqeq6X5kg%40mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Pavel Borisov, Vignesh C, Mason Sharp
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Chris Travers
Use of pack("L") gets around the basic endian problem, but it doesn't
deal with the fact that the order of the bitfields within the struct
may differ. This patch fixes it to work with gcc on NetBSD/macppc,
but I wonder whether that will be enough --- in principle, there
could be four different combinations of bitpatterns needed here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1650745.1679513221@sss.pgh.pa.us
In commit 3e51b278d, I misinterpreted the coding in setup_config()
as setting min_wal_size and max_wal_size to compile-time-constant
values. But it's not: there's a hidden dependency on --wal-segsize.
Therefore leaving these variables commented out is the wrong thing.
Per report from Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230322200751.jvfvsuuhd3hgm6vv@awork3.anarazel.de
While testing commit 3e51b278d, I noted that initdb leaks about a
megabyte worth of data due to the sloppy bookkeeping in its
string-manipulating code. That's not a huge amount on modern machines,
but it's still kind of annoying, and it's easy to fix by recognizing
that we might as well treat these arrays of strings as
modifiable-in-place. There's no caller that cares about preserving
the old state of the array after replace_token or replace_guc_value.
With this fix, valgrind sees only a few hundred bytes leaked during
an initdb run.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2844176.1674681919@sss.pgh.pa.us
This option, or its long form --set, sets the GUC "name" to "value".
The setting applies in the bootstrap and standalone servers run by
initdb, and is also written into the generated postgresql.conf.
This can save an extra editing step when creating a new cluster,
but the real use-case is for coping with situations where the
bootstrap server fails to start due to environmental issues;
for example, if it's necessary to force huge_pages to off.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2844176.1674681919@sss.pgh.pa.us
RelationCopyStorageUsingBuffer() did not free the strategies used to access
the source / target relation. They memory was released at the end of the
transaction, but when using a template database with a lot of relations, the
temporary leak can become big prohibitively big.
RelationCopyStorageUsingBuffer() acquired the buffer for the target relation
with RBM_NORMAL, therefore requiring a read of a block guaranteed to be
zero. Use RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK instead.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230321070113.o2vqqxogjykwgfrr@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 15-, where STRATEGY WAL_LOG was introduced
Prior to this commit, we only consider each tuple or line pointer
on the page in isolation, but now we can do some validation of a line
pointer against its successor. For example, a redirect line pointer
shouldn't point to another redirect line pointer, and if a tuple
is HOT-updated, the result should be a heap-only tuple.
Himanshu Upadhyaya and Robert Haas, reviewed by Aleksander Alekseev,
Andres Freund, and Peter Geoghegan.
The files generated by gen_node_support.pl for query jumbling
(queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c and queryjumblefuncs.switch.c) were not being
removed on make maintainer-clean (they need to remain around after a
simple "clean"). This commit makes the operation consistent with the
copy, equal, out and read files.
While on it, update a comment in the nodes'README where a reference to
queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c was missing.
Reported-by: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZBgAfTHcL6W7zGdW@paquier.xyz
As demonstrated by David Johnston, the Memoize cache hit ratio calculation
wasn't quite correct.
This change only affects the estimated hit ratio when the estimated number
of entries to cache is estimated not to fit inside the cache. For
example, if we expect 2000 distinct cache key values and only expect to be
able to cache 1000 of those at once due to memory constraints, with an
estimate of 10000 calls, if we could store all entries then the hit ratio
should be 80% to account for the first 2000 of the 10000 calls to be a
cache miss due to the value not being cached yet. If we can only store
1000 entries for each of the 2000 distinct possible values at once then
the 80% should be reduced by half to make the final estimate of 40%.
Previously, the calculation would have produced an estimated hit ratio of
30%, which wasn't correct.
Apply to master only so as not to destabilize plans in the back branches.
Reported-by: David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZEmcNk3YQo2Xj4EDUOdY6qakad31rOD1Vc4q1_s68-Ew@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrV44LwiF4W_qf_RpbGYWSgp1kF=cZr+kTRRaALUfmXqw@mail.gmail.com
These are set after a \! command or a backtick substitution.
SHELL_ERROR is just "true" for error (nonzero exit status) or "false"
for success, while SHELL_EXIT_CODE records the actual exit status
following standard shell/system(3) conventions.
Corey Huinker, reviewed by Maxim Orlov and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=cWao2x2f+UDw15W1JkVFr_bsxfstw=NGea7r9m4j-7rQ@mail.gmail.com
The check for the number of roles in the target cluster for an upgrade
selects the existing roles and performs a COUNT(*) over the result. A
value of one is the expected query result value indicating that only
the install user is present in the new cluster. The result was converted
with the function for converting a string containing an Oid into a numeric,
which avoids potential overflow but makes the code less readable since
it's not actually an Oid at all.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/41AB5F1F-4389-4B25-9668-5C430375836C@yesql.se
This makes it easier to specify values taken directly from WAL file
names.
The option parsing is arranged in the style of option_parse_int() (but
we need to parse unsigned int), to allow future refactoring in the
same manner.
Reviewed-by: Sébastien Lardière <sebastien@lardiere.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8fef346e-2541-76c3-d768-6536ae052993@lardiere.net
We fail to apply updates and deletes when the REPLICA IDENTITY FULL is
used for the table having dropped columns. We didn't use to ignore dropped
columns while doing tuple comparison among the tuples from the publisher
and subscriber during apply of updates and deletes.
Author: Onder Kalaci, Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVQC9WoofunvXg12aXtbqKnEgWxoRx3+v8q32AWYsdpGg@mail.gmail.com
With unlucky timing and parallel_leader_participation=off (not the
default), PHJ could attempt to access per-batch shared state just as it
was being freed. There was code intended to prevent that by checking
for a cleared pointer, but it was racy. Fix, by introducing an extra
barrier phase. The new phase PHJ_BUILD_RUNNING means that it's safe to
access the per-batch state to find a batch to help with, and
PHJ_BUILD_DONE means that it is too late. The last to detach will free
the array of per-batch state as before, but now it will also atomically
advance the phase, so that late attachers can avoid the hazard. This
mirrors the way per-batch hash tables are freed (see phases
PHJ_BATCH_PROBING and PHJ_BATCH_DONE).
An earlier attempt to fix this (commit 3b8981b6, later reverted) missed
one special case. When the inner side is empty (the "empty inner
optimization), the build barrier would only make it to
PHJ_BUILD_HASHING_INNER phase before workers attempted to detach from
the hashtable. In that case, fast-forward the build barrier to
PHJ_BUILD_RUNNING before proceeding, so that our later assertions hold
and we can still negotiate who is cleaning up.
Revealed by build farm failures, where BarrierAttach() failed a sanity
check assertion, because the memory had been clobbered by dsa_free().
In non-assert builds, the result could be a segmentation fault.
Back-patch to all supported releases.
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reported-by: David Geier <geidav.pg@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Geier <geidav.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200929061142.GA29096%40paquier.xyz
Counting writes only for io_context = 'normal' is unreliable, as backends
using a buffer access strategy could flush all of the dirty buffers out from
under the other backends and checkpointer. Change the test to count writes in
any context. This achieves roughly the same coverage anyway.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ZAnWU8WbXEDjrfUE%40telsasoft.com
@extschema:name@ extends the existing @extschema@ feature so that
we can also insert the schema name of some required extension,
thus making cross-extension references robust even if they are in
different schemas.
However, this has the same hazard as @extschema@: if the schema
name is embedded literally in an installed object, rather than being
looked up once during extension script execution, then it's no longer
safe to relocate the other extension to another schema. To deal with
that without restricting things unnecessarily, add a "no_relocate"
option to extension control files. This allows an extension to
specify that it cannot handle relocation of some of its required
extensions, even if in themselves those extensions are relocatable.
We detect "no_relocate" requests of dependent extensions during
ALTER EXTENSION SET SCHEMA.
Regina Obe, reviewed by Sandro Santilli and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/003001d8f4ae$402282c0$c0678840$@pcorp.us
When determining whether an index update may be skipped by using HOT, we
can ignore attributes indexed by block summarizing indexes without
references to individual tuples that need to be cleaned up.
A new type TU_UpdateIndexes provides a signal to the executor to
determine which indexes to update - no indexes, all indexes, or only the
summarizing indexes.
This also removes rd_indexattr list, and replaces it with rd_attrsvalid
flag. The list was not used anywhere, and a simple flag is sufficient.
This was originally committed as 5753d4ee32, but then got reverted by
e3fcca0d0d because of correctness issues.
Original patch by Josef Simanek, various fixes and improvements by Tomas
Vondra and me.
Authors: Matthias van de Meent, Josef Simanek, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05ebcb44-f383-86e3-4f31-0a97a55634cf@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFp7QwpMRGcDAQumN7onN9HjrJ3u4X3ZRXdGFT0K5G2JWvnbWg%40mail.gmail.com
When calculating distance in brin_minmax_multi_distance_inet(), the
netmask was applied incorrectly. This results in (seemingly) incorrect
ordering of values, triggering an assert.
For builds without asserts this is mostly harmless - we may merge other
ranges, possibly resulting in slightly less efficient index. But it's
still correct and the greedy algorithm doesn't guarantee optimality
anyway.
Backpatch to 14, where minmax-multi indexes were introduced.
Reported by Dmitry Dolgov, investigation and fix by me.
Reported-by: Dmitry Dolgov
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17774-c6f3e36dd4471e67@postgresql.org
The Memoize executor node stores the cache key values along with the
tuple(s) which were found in the outer node which match each key value,
however, when the planner tried to estimate how many entries could be
stored in the cache, it didn't take into account that the cache key must
also be stored. In many cases, this won't make a large difference as the
key is likely small in comparison to the tuple(s) being stored, however,
it's not impossible to craft cases where the key could take more memory
than the tuple(s) stored for it.
Here we adjust the planner so it takes into account the estimated amount
of memory to store the cache key. Effectively, this change will reduce
the estimated cache hit ratio when it's thought that not all items will
fit in the cache, thus Memoize will become more expensive in such cases.
The executor already takes into account the memory consumed by the cache
key, so here we only need to adjust the planner.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqGErGuyBfQvBQrTCHDbzLTqoiW=_G9sOzeFxWEc_7auA@mail.gmail.com
When probing the Memoize cache to check if the current cache key values
exist in the cache, we perform an evaluation of the expressions making up
the cache key before probing the hash table for those values. This
operation could leak memory as it is possible that the cache key is an
expression which requires allocation of memory, as was the case in bug
17844.
Here we fix this by correctly switching to the per tuple context before
evaluating the cache expressions so that the memory is freed next time the
per tuple context is reset.
Bug: 17844
Reported-by: Alexey Ermakov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17844-d2f6f9e75a622bed@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was introduced
nodeRead() will have created a Node struct that's only allocated big
enough for the specific node type, so copying sizeof(union ValUnion)
can be copying too much. This provokes valgrind complaints, and with
very bad luck could perhaps result in SIGSEGV.
While at it, tidy up _equalA_Const to avoid duplicate checks of isnull.
Per report from Alexander Lakhin. This code is new as of a6bc33019,
so no need to back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4995256b-cc65-170e-0b22-60ad2cd535f1@gmail.com
Add versions of timestamptz + interval, timestamptz - interval, and
generate_series(timestamptz, ...) in which a timezone can be specified
explicitly instead of defaulting to the TimeZone GUC setting.
The new functions for the first two are named date_add and
date_subtract. This might seem too generic, but we could use
overloading to add additional variants if that seems useful.
Along the way, improve the docs' pretty inadequate explanation
of how timestamptz +- interval works.
Przemysław Sztoch and Gurjeet Singh; cosmetic changes and most of
the docs work by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01a84551-48dd-1359-bf7e-f6b0203a6bd0@sztoch.pl
We already had five copies of essentially the same logic, and an
upcoming patch introduces yet another use-case. That's past my
threshold of pain, so introduce a common subroutine. There's not
that much net code savings, but the chance of typos should go down.
Inspired by a patch from Przemysław Sztoch, but different in detail.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01a84551-48dd-1359-bf7e-f6b0203a6bd0@sztoch.pl
Check whether the datctype is C to determine whether t_isspace() and
related functions use isspace() or iswspace().
Previously, t_isspace() checked whether the database default collation
was C; which is incorrect when the default collation uses the ICU
provider.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/79e4354d9eccfdb00483146a6b9f6295202e7890.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Backpatch-through: 15
Instead of trying to optimize this by skipping creation of the
links for tables we don't plan to dump, just create them all in
bulk with a single scan over the pg_inherits data. The previous
approach was more or less O(N^2) in the number of pg_inherits
entries, not to mention being way too complicated.
Also, don't create useless TableAttachInfo objects.
It's silly to create a TableAttachInfo object that we're not
going to dump, when we know perfectly well at creation time
that it won't be dumped.
Patch by me; thanks to Julien Rouhaud for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1376149.1675268279@sss.pgh.pa.us
Hash partitioning on an enum is problematic because the hash codes are
derived from the OIDs assigned to the enum values, which will almost
certainly be different after a dump-and-reload than they were before.
This means that some rows probably end up in different partitions than
before, causing restore to fail because of partition constraint
violations. (pg_upgrade dodges this problem by using hacks to force
the enum values to keep the same OIDs, but that's not possible nor
desirable for pg_dump.)
Users can work around that by specifying --load-via-partition-root,
but since that's a dump-time not restore-time decision, one might
find out the need for it far too late. Instead, teach pg_dump to
apply that option automatically when dealing with a partitioned
table that has hash-on-enum partitioning.
Also deal with a pre-existing issue for --load-via-partition-root
mode: in a parallel restore, we try to TRUNCATE target tables just
before loading them, in order to enable some backend optimizations.
This is bad when using --load-via-partition-root because (a) we're
likely to suffer deadlocks from restore jobs trying to restore rows
into other partitions than they came from, and (b) if we miss getting
a deadlock we might still lose data due to a TRUNCATE removing rows
from some already-completed restore job.
The fix for this is conceptually simple: just don't TRUNCATE if we're
dealing with a --load-via-partition-root case. The tricky bit is for
pg_restore to identify those cases. In dumps using COPY commands we
can inspect each COPY command to see if it targets the nominal target
table or some ancestor. However, in dumps using INSERT commands it's
pretty impractical to examine the INSERTs in advance. To provide a
solution for that going forward, modify pg_dump to mark TABLE DATA
items that are using --load-via-partition-root with a comment.
(This change also responds to a complaint from Robert Haas that
the dump output for --load-via-partition-root is pretty confusing.)
pg_restore checks for the special comment as well as checking the
COPY command if present. This will fail to identify the combination
of --load-via-partition-root and --inserts in pre-existing dump files,
but that should be a pretty rare case in the field. If it does
happen you will probably get a deadlock failure that you can work
around by not using parallel restore, which is the same as before
this bug fix.
Having done this, there seems no remaining reason for the alarmism
in the pg_dump man page about combining --load-via-partition-root
with parallel restore, so remove that warning.
Patch by me; thanks to Julien Rouhaud for review. Back-patch to
v11 where hash partitioning was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1376149.1675268279@sss.pgh.pa.us
Mainly move some detail from errmsg to errdetail, remove explicit
mention of superuser where appropriate, since that is implied in most
permission checks, and make messages more uniform.
Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230316234701.GA903298@nathanxps13
Since commit 7627b91cd5, libpq has used FD_CLOEXEC so that sockets
wouldn't be leaked to subprograms. With enough bad luck, a
multi-threaded program might fork in between the socket() and fcntl()
calls. We can close that tiny gap by using SOCK_CLOEXEC instead of a
separate call. While here, we might as well do the same for
SOCK_NONBLOCK, to save another syscall.
These flags are expected to appear in the next revision of the POSIX
standard, specifically to address this problem. Our Unixoid targets
except macOS and AIX have had them for a long time, and macOS would
hopefully use guarded availability to roll them out, so it seems enough
to use a simple ifdef test for availability until we hear otherwise.
Windows doesn't have them, but has non-inheritable sockets by default.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKb6FsAdQWcRL35KJsftv%2B9zXqQbzwkfRf1i0J2e57%2BhQ%40mail.gmail.com
Unfortunately it turns out that the logfile-only option added in b9f8d1cbad
is only available in openldap starting in 2.6.
Luckily the option to control the log level (loglevel/-s) have been around for
much longer. As it turns out loglevel/-s only control what goes into syslog,
not what ends up in the file specified with 'logfile' and stderr.
While we currently are specifying 'logfile', nothing ends up in it, as the
option only controls debug messages, and we didn't set a debug level. The
debug level can only be configured on the commandline and also prevents
forking. That'd require larger changes, so this commit doesn't tackle that
issue.
Specify the syslog level when starting slapd using -s, as that allows to
prevent all syslog messages if one uses '0' instead of 'none', while loglevel
doesn't prevent the first message.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230311233708.3yjdbjkly2q4gq2j@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
Currently, there are quite a few places in reorderbuffer.c that tries to
access top-transaction for a subtransaction. This makes the code to access
top-transaction consistent and easier to follow.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PuCznOyTqBQwjRUu-ibG-=KHyCv-0FTcWQtZUdR88umfg@mail.gmail.com
The logic added in 9d9c02ccd to determine when a qual can be used as a
WindowClause run condition failed to correctly check for subqueries in the
qual. This was being done correctly for normal subquery qual pushdowns,
it's just that 9d9c02ccd failed to follow the lead on that.
This also fixes various other cases where transforming the qual into a
WindowClause run condition in the subquery should have been disallowed.
Bug: #17826
Reported-by: Anban Company
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17826-7d8750952f19a5f5@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15, where 9d9c02ccd was introduced.
Until now the tests using slapd spammed syslog for every connection /
query. Use logfile-only to prevent syslog activity. Unfortunately that only
takes effect after logging the first message, but that's still much better
than the prior situation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230311233708.3yjdbjkly2q4gq2j@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
Support for SCM credential authentication has been removed in the
backend in 9.1, and libpq has kept some code to handle it for
compatibility.
Commit be4585b, that did the cleanup of the backend code, has done
so because the code was not really portable originally. And, as there
are likely little chances that this is used these days, this removes the
remaining code from libpq. An error will now be raised by libpq if
attempting to connect to a server that returns AUTH_REQ_SCM_CREDS,
instead.
References to SCM credential authentication are removed from the
protocol documentation. This removes some meson and configure checks.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZBLH8a4otfqgd6Kn@paquier.xyz
Further to commit 6a9229da, checking for NULL is now redundant. An "out
of memory" error would have been thrown already by palloc() and treated
as FATAL, so we can delete a few more lines.
Back-patch to all releases, like those other commits.
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4040668.1679013388%40sss.pgh.pa.us
create_append_path() would only apply get_baserel_parampathinfo
when the path is for a partitioned table, but it's also potentially
useful for paths for UNION ALL appendrels. Specifically, that
supports building a Memoize path atop this one.
While we're in the vicinity, delete some dead code in
create_merge_append_plan(): there's no need for it to support
parameterized MergeAppend paths, and it doesn't look like that
is going to change anytime soon. It'll be easy enough to undo
this when/if it becomes useful.
Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_ABSu4PWG2rE1q10tJugEXHWgru3U8dAgkoFvgrb6aEA@mail.gmail.com
gcc 12+ has complaints like the following:
../../../../../pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c: In function 'inetnot':
../../../../../pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c:1893:34: warning: writing 1 byte into a region of size 0 [-Wstringop-overflow=]
1893 | pdst[nb] = ~pip[nb];
| ~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~
../../../../../pgsql/src/include/utils/inet.h:27:23: note: at offset -1 into destination object 'ipaddr' of size 16
27 | unsigned char ipaddr[16]; /* up to 128 bits of address */
| ^~~~~~
../../../../../pgsql/src/include/utils/inet.h:27:23: note: at offset -1 into destination object 'ipaddr' of size 16
This is due to a compiler bug:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=104986
It has been a year since the bug has been reported without getting fixed. As
the warnings are verbose and use of gcc 12 is becoming more common, it seems
worth working around the bug. Particularly because a simple reformulation of
the loop condition fixes the issue and isn't any less readable.
Author: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/144536.1648326206@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 11-
A comment was left behind claiming that we needed to use malloc() rather
than palloc() because the corresponding free would run in another
thread, but that's not true anymore. Remove that comment. And, with
the reason being gone, we might as well actually use palloc().
Back-patch to supported releases, like d41a178b.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BpdM9v3Jv4tc2BFx2jh_daY3uzUyAGBhtDkotEQDNPYw%40mail.gmail.com
DecodeDateTime and DecodeTimeOnly had support for date input in the
style "Y2023M03D16", which the comments claimed to be an "ISO" format.
However, so far as I can find there is no such format in ISO 8601;
they write units before numbers in intervals, but not in datetimes.
Furthermore, the lesser-known ISO 8601-2 spec actually defines an
incompatible format "2023Y03M16D". None of our documentation mentions
such a format either. So let's just drop it.
That leaves us with only two cases for a prefix unit specifier in
datetimes: Julian dates written as Jnnnn, and the "T" separator
defined by ISO 8601. Add checks to catch misuse of these specifiers,
that is consecutive specifiers or a dangling specifier at the end of
the string. We do not however disallow a specifier that is separated
from the field that it disambiguates (by noise words or unrelated
fields). That being the case, remove some overly-aggressive error
checks from the ISOTIME cases.
Joseph Koshakow, editorialized a bit by me; thanks also to
Peter Eisentraut for some standards-reading.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHf2Q1gKLiHGnuPOiyf0ASvKUM4BnMfsXuwgtYEb_Gx0Zw@mail.gmail.com
.../src/common/file_utils.c: In function ‘pg_pwrite_zeros’:
.../src/common/file_utils.c:543:9: warning: ‘static’ is not at beginning of declaration [-Wold-style-declaration]
543 | const static PGAlignedBlock zbuffer = {{0}}; /* worth BLCKSZ */
The user receiving the message might not understand where the
server's "current directory" is. "Data directory" seems clearer.
(This would not be good for frontend code, but both of these
messages are only issued in the backend.)
Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230316.111646.1564684434328830712.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
In the .pc (pkg-config) files generated by the make and meson builds,
the Requires.private entries use different delimiters. The make build
uses spaces, the meson build uses commas. The pkg-config documentation
says that it should be comma-separated, but apparently about half the
.pc in the wild use just spaces. The pkg-config source code
acknowledges that both commas and spaces work.
This changes the make build to use commas, for consistency.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1fb52d61-0964-2d8e-87d9-e8be830e2b24%40enterprisedb.com
This structure included only PgStat_FunctionCounts, and removing it
facilitates some upcoming refactoring for pgstatfuncs.c to use more
macros rather that mostly-duplicated functions.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11d531fe-52fc-c6ea-7e8e-62f1b6ec626e@gmail.com
A failure in parsing the interval value defined in the \watch command
was silently switched to 1s of interval between two queries, which can
be confusing. This commit improves the error handling, and a couple of
tests are added to check after:
- An incorrect value.
- An out-of-range value.
- A negative value.
A value of zero is able to work now, meaning that there is no interval
of time between two queries in a \watch loop. No backpatch is done, as
it could break existing applications.
Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAhFRxiZ2-n_L1ErMm9AZjgmUK=qS6VHb+0SaMn8sqqbhF7How@mail.gmail.com
This adds the ability to pretty-print XML documents ... according to
libxml's somewhat idiosyncratic notions of what's pretty, anyway.
One notable divergence from a strict reading of the spec is that
libxml is willing to collapse empty nodes "<node></node>" to just
"<node/>", whereas SQL and the underlying XML spec say that this
option should only result in whitespace tweaks. Nonetheless,
it seems close enough to justify using the SQL-standard syntax.
Jim Jones, reviewed by Peter Smith and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2f5df461-dad8-6d7d-4568-08e10608a69b@uni-muenster.de
The hook can be installed by a shared_preload library.
A similar mechanism could be used for radius paswords, for example, and
the type name auth_password_hook_typ has been shosen with that in mind.
John Naylor and Andrew Dunstan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/469b06ed-69de-ba59-c13a-91d2372e52a9@dunslane.net
preprocess_targetlist thought PHVs couldn't appear here.
It was mistaken, as per report from Önder Kalacı.
Surveying other pull_var_clause calls, I noted no similar errors,
but I did notice that qual_is_pushdown_safe's assertion about
!contain_window_function was pointless, because the following
pull_var_clause call would complain about them anyway. In HEAD
only, remove the redundant Assert and improve the commentary.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhUuum-gC_2S3sXLTcsk7bUSPSHOD+g1ZpfKaDK-KKPPWA@mail.gmail.com
The previous coding based on select() had commentary about historical
portability concerns. Use POSIX nanosleep() instead.
This has independently been suggested a couple of times before, but
never managed to stick. Since recent and proposed work removes other
uses of select(), and associated code and comments relating to its
non-portable interaction with signals, it seems like a good time to tidy
up this case, too.
Also modernize the explanation of why WaitLatch() is a better way to
wait.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Paul Guo <paulguo@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_b-q0hXCBUCAATh0Z4Zi6UkiC0k2DFgoD3nC-r3SkR3tg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABQrizfxpBLZT5mZeE0js5oCh1tqEWvcGF3vMRCv5P-RwUY5dQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4902.1552349020@sss.pgh.pa.us
There are still some systems that use traditional tick-based sleep
timing, but many including Linux, FreeBSD and macOS started using high
resolution timer hardware more directly a decade or two ago. Update our
comment about that. Also highlight that Windows is like the older
Unixen in that respect.
Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BogAon8_V223Ldv6taPR2uKH3X_UJ_A7LJAf3-VRARPA%40mail.gmail.com
The current implementation of _pgfstat64() is ineffective in detecting a
terminal handle or an anonymous named pipe. This commit improves our
port of fstat() to detect more efficiently such cases by relying on
GetFileType(), and returning more correct data when the type found is
either a FILE_TYPE_PIPE (_S_IFIFO) or a FILE_TYPE_CHAR (_S_IFCHR).
This is part of a more global fix to address failures when feeding the
output generated by pg_dump to pg_restore through a pipe, for example,
but not all of it. We are also going to need to do something about
fseek() and ftello() which are not reliable on WIN32 for the same cases
where fstat() was incorrect. Fixing fstat() is independent of the rest,
though, which is why both fixes are handled separately, and this is the
first part of it.
Reported-by: Daniel Watzinger
Author: Daniel Watzinger, Juan José Santamaría Flecha
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b1448cd7-871e-20e3-8398-895e2d1d3bf9@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14
Using REPLICA IDENTITY FULL on the publisher can lead to a full table scan
per tuple change on the subscription when REPLICA IDENTITY or PK index is
not available. This makes REPLICA IDENTITY FULL impractical to use apart
from some small number of use cases.
This patch allows using indexes other than PRIMARY KEY or REPLICA
IDENTITY on the subscriber during apply of update/delete. The index that
can be used must be a btree index, not a partial index, and it must have
at least one column reference (i.e. cannot consist of only expressions).
We can uplift these restrictions in the future. There is no smart
mechanism to pick the index. If there is more than one index that
satisfies these requirements, we just pick the first one. We discussed
using some of the optimizer's low-level APIs for this but ruled it out
as that can be a maintenance burden in the long run.
This patch improves the performance in the vast majority of cases and the
improvement is proportional to the amount of data in the table. However,
there could be some regression in a small number of cases where the indexes
have a lot of duplicate and dead rows. It was discussed that those are
mostly impractical cases but we can provide a table or subscription level
option to disable this feature if required.
Author: Onder Kalaci, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shi yu, Hou Zhijie, Vignesh C, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVLqmAAyPXdHEPv1ssU2c=dqOniiGz7G73HfyS7+nGV4w@mail.gmail.com
Commit 4753ef37 changed vacuum_delay_point() to use the WaitLatch() API,
to fix the problem that vacuum could keep running for a very long time
after the postmaster died.
Unfortunately, that broke commit caf626b2's support for fractional
vacuum_cost_delay, which shipped in PostgreSQL 12. WaitLatch() works in
whole milliseconds.
For now, revert the change from commit 4753ef37, but add an explicit
check for postmaster death. That's an extra system call on systems
other than Linux and FreeBSD, but that overhead doesn't matter much
considering that we willingly went to sleep and woke up again. (In
later work, we might add higher resolution timeouts to the latch API so
that we could do this with our standard programming pattern, but that
wouldn't be back-patched.)
Back-patch to 14, where commit 4753ef37 arrived.
Reported-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_b-q0hXCBUCAATh0Z4Zi6UkiC0k2DFgoD3nC-r3SkR3tg%40mail.gmail.com
Our waitpid() emulation didn't prevent a PID from being recycled by the
OS before the call to waitpid(). The postmaster could finish up
tracking more than one child process with the same PID, and confuse
them.
Fix, by moving the guts of pgwin32_deadchild_callback() into waitpid(),
so that resources are released synchronously. The process and PID
continue to exist until we close the process handle, which only happens
once we're ready to adjust our book-keeping of running children.
This seems to explain a couple of failures on CI. It had never been
reported before, despite the code being as old as the Windows port.
Perhaps Windows started recycling PIDs more rapidly, or perhaps timing
changes due to commit 7389aad6 made it more likely to break.
Thanks to Alexander Lakhin for analysis and Andres Freund for tracking
down the root cause.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230208012852.bvkn2am4h4iqjogq%40awork3.anarazel.de
The band-aid applied in commit f0bedf3e4 turns out to still need
some work: it made sure we didn't set Np->last_relevant too small
(to the left of the decimal point), but it didn't prevent setting
it too large (off the end of the partially-converted string).
This could result in fetching data beyond the end of the allocated
space, which with very bad luck could cause a SIGSEGV, though
I don't see any hazard of interesting memory disclosure.
Per bug #17839 from Thiago Nunes. The bug's pretty ancient,
so back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17839-aada50db24d7b0da@postgresql.org
This patch adds new pg_dump switches
--table-and-children=pattern
--exclude-table-and-children=pattern
--exclude-table-data-and-children=pattern
which act the same as the existing --table, --exclude-table, and
--exclude-table-data switches, except that any partitions or
inheritance child tables of the table(s) matching the pattern
are also included or excluded.
Gilles Darold, reviewed by Stéphane Tachoires
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5aa393b5-5f67-8447-b83e-544516990ee2@migops.com
Scanning the expression for compatible Vars isn't really necessary,
because the subsequent match against StatisticExtInfo entries will
eliminate expressions containing other Vars just fine. Moreover,
this code hadn't stopped to think about what to do with
PlaceHolderVars or Aggrefs in the clause; and at least for the PHV
case, that demonstrably leads to failures. Rather than work out
whether it's reasonable to ignore those, let's just remove the
whole stanza.
Per report from Richard Guo. Back-patch to v14 where this code
was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48Mmvm-acGevXuwpB=g5JMqVSL6i9z5UaJyLGJqa-XPAA@mail.gmail.com
Expose the standard error functions as SQL-callable functions. These
are expected to be useful to people working with normal distributions,
and we use them here to test the distribution from random_normal().
Since these functions are defined in the POSIX and C99 standards, they
should in theory be available on all supported platforms. If that
turns out not to be the case, more work will be needed.
On all platforms tested so far, using extra_float_digits = -1 in the
regression tests is sufficient to allow for variations between
implementations. However, past experience has shown that there are
almost certainly going to be additional unexpected portability issues,
so these tests may well need further adjustments, based on the
buildfarm results.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Nathan Bossart and Thomas Munro.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXv5fi7+Vu-POiyai+ucF95+YMcCMafxV+eZuN1B-=MkQ@mail.gmail.com
The new connection parameter require_auth allows a libpq client to
define a list of comma-separated acceptable authentication types for use
with the server. There is no negotiation: if the server does not
present one of the allowed authentication requests, the connection
attempt done by the client fails.
The following keywords can be defined in the list:
- password, for AUTH_REQ_PASSWORD.
- md5, for AUTH_REQ_MD5.
- gss, for AUTH_REQ_GSS[_CONT].
- sspi, for AUTH_REQ_SSPI and AUTH_REQ_GSS_CONT.
- scram-sha-256, for AUTH_REQ_SASL[_CONT|_FIN].
- creds, for AUTH_REQ_SCM_CREDS (perhaps this should be removed entirely
now).
- none, to control unauthenticated connections.
All the methods that can be defined in the list can be negated, like
"!password", in which case the server must NOT use the listed
authentication type. The special method "none" allows/disallows the use
of unauthenticated connections (but it does not govern transport-level
authentication via TLS or GSSAPI).
Internally, the patch logic is tied to check_expected_areq(), that was
used for channel_binding, ensuring that an incoming request is
compatible with conn->require_auth. It also introduces a new flag,
conn->client_finished_auth, which is set by various authentication
routines when the client side of the handshake is finished. This
signals to check_expected_areq() that an AUTH_REQ_OK from the server is
expected, and allows the client to complain if the server bypasses
authentication entirely, with for example the reception of a too-early
AUTH_REQ_OK message.
Regression tests are added in authentication TAP tests for all the
keywords supported (except "creds", because it is around only for
compatibility reasons). A new TAP script has been added for SSPI, as
there was no script dedicated to it yet. It relies on SSPI being the
default authentication method on Windows, as set by pg_regress.
Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, David G. Johnston, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
The majority of error exit cases in json_lex_string() failed to
set lex->token_terminator, causing problems for the error context
reporting code: it would see token_terminator less than token_start
and do something more or less nuts. In v14 and up the end result
could be as bad as a crash in report_json_context(). Older
versions accidentally avoided that fate; but all versions produce
error context lines that are far less useful than intended,
because they'd stop at the end of the prior token instead of
continuing to where the actually-bad input is.
To fix, invent some macros that make it less notationally painful
to do the right thing. Also add documentation about what the
function is actually required to do; and in >= v14, add an assertion
in report_json_context about token_terminator being sufficiently
far advanced.
Per report from Nikolay Shaplov. Back-patch to all supported
versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7332649.x5DLKWyVIX@thinkpad-pgpro
check_agg_arguments_walker() supposed that it needn't descend into
the arguments of a lower-level aggregate function, but this is
just wrong in the presence of multiple levels of sub-select. The
oversight would lead to executor failures on queries that should
be rejected. (Prior to v11, they actually were rejected, thanks
to a "redundant" execution-time check.)
Per bug #17835 from Anban Company. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17835-4f29f3098b2d0ba4@postgresql.org
This allows for a string which if an input field matches causes the
column's default value to be inserted. The advantage of this is that
the default can be inserted in some rows and not others, for which
non-default data is available.
The file_fdw extension is also modified to take allow use of this
option.
Israel Barth Rubio
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAO_rXXAcqesk6DsvioOZ5zmeEmpUN5ktZf-9=9yu+DTr0Xr8Uw@mail.gmail.com
This ensures that the row count in the command tag for a MERGE is
correctly computed in the case where UPDATEs or DELETEs are skipped
due to a BEFORE ROW trigger returning NULL (the INSERT case was
already handled correctly by ExecMergeNotMatched() calling
ExecInsert()).
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCU8XEmR0JWKDtyb7iZ%3DqCffxS9uyJt0iOZ4TV4RT%2Bow1w%40mail.gmail.com
If MERGE attempts an UPDATE or DELETE on a table with BEFORE ROW
triggers, or a cross-partition UPDATE (with or without triggers), and
a concurrent UPDATE or DELETE happens, the merge code would fail.
In some cases this would lead to a crash, while in others it would
cause the wrong merge action to be executed, or no action at all. The
immediate cause of the crash was the trigger code calling
ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() as part of the EPQ mechanism, which fails
because during a merge ri_projectNew is NULL, since merge has its own
per-action projection information, which ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() knows
nothing about.
Fix by arranging for the trigger code to exit early, returning the
TM_Result and TM_FailureData information, if a concurrent modification
is detected, allowing the merge code to do the necessary EPQ handling
in its own way. Similarly, prevent the cross-partition update code
from doing any EPQ processing for a merge, allowing the merge code to
work out what it needs to do.
This leads to a number of simplifications in nodeModifyTable.c. Most
notably, the ModifyTableContext->GetUpdateNewTuple() callback is no
longer needed, and mergeGetUpdateNewTuple() can be deleted, since
there is no longer any requirement for get-update-new-tuple during a
merge. Similarly, ModifyTableContext->cpUpdateRetrySlot is no longer
needed. Thus ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() and the retry_slot handling of
ExecCrossPartitionUpdate() can be restored to how they were in v14,
before the merge code was added, and ExecMergeMatched() no longer
needs any special-case handling for cross-partition updates.
While at it, tidy up ExecUpdateEpilogue() a bit, making it handle
recheckIndexes locally, rather than passing it in as a parameter,
ensuring that it is freed properly. This dates back to when it was
split off from ExecUpdate() to support merge.
Per bug #17809 from Alexander Lakhin, and follow-up investigation of
bug #17792, also from Alexander Lakhin.
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced, taking care to preserve
backwards-compatibility of the trigger API in v15 for any extensions
that might use it.
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/17809-9e6650bef133f0fe%40postgresql.orghttps://postgr.es/m/17792-0f89452029662c36%40postgresql.org
Most of these calls were to generate some random data. These can be
replaced by appropriately adapted sha256() calls. To keep the diff
smaller, we wrap this into a helper function that produces the same
output format and length as the md5() call.
This will eventually allow these tests to pass in OpenSSL FIPS mode
(which does not allow MD5 use).
Similar work for other test suites will follow later.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dbbd927f-ef1f-c9a1-4ec6-c759778ac852@enterprisedb.com
The recently added standard collation UNICODE (0d21d4b9bc) doesn't
give consistent results on some build farm members with old ICU
versions. Apparently, the ICU locale specification 'und' (language
tag style) misbehaves on some older ICU versions. Replacing it with
'' (ICU locale ID style) fixes it at least on some OS versions. Let's
see what the build farm says.
The error cases for TLS and GSS encryption were inconsistent. After TLS
fails, the connection is marked as dead and follow-up calls of
PQconnectPoll() would return immediately, but GSS encryption was not
doing that, so the connection would still have been allowed to enter the
GSS handling code. This was handled incorrectly when gssencmode was set
to "require". "prefer" was working correctly, and this could not happen
under "disable" as GSS encryption would not be attempted.
This commit makes the error handling of GSS encryption on par with TLS
portion, fixing the case of gssencmode=require.
Reported-by: Jacob Champion
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Stephen Frost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/23787477-5fe1-a161-6d2a-e459f74c4713@timescale.com
Backpatch-through: 12
The 'ssl' option is of type 'combo', but we add a choice 'auto' that
simulates the behavior of a feature option. This way, openssl is used
automatically by default if present, but we retain the ability to
potentially select another ssl library.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ad65ffd1-a9a7-fda1-59c6-f7dc763c3051%40enterprisedb.com
adjust_appendrel_attrs can't transfer nullingrel labeling to a non-Var
translation expression (mainly because it's too late to wrap such an
expression in a PlaceHolderVar). I'd supposed in commit 2489d76c4
that that restriction was unreachable because we'd not attempt to push
problematic clauses down to an appendrel child relation. I forgot that
set_append_rel_size blindly converts all the parent rel's joininfo
clauses to child clauses, and that list could well contain clauses
from above a nulling outer join.
We might eventually have to devise a direct fix for this implementation
restriction, but for now it seems enough to filter out troublesome
clauses while constructing the child's joininfo list. Such clauses
are certainly not useful while constructing paths for the child rel;
they'll have to be applied later when we join the completed appendrel
to something else. So we don't need them here, and omitting them from
the list should save a few cycles while processing the child rel.
Per bug #17832 from Marko Tiikkaja.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17832-d0a8106cdf1b722e@postgresql.org
This was an omission in the original creation of the module.
Also slightly adjust some wording to avoid a double "is".
Backpatch the non-meson piece of this to release 12, where the module
was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/be869e1c-8e3f-4cde-8609-212c899cccf9@dunslane.net
Freezing the relation N times and fetching the tuples one-by-one isn't that
cheap. On my machine this reduces test times by a bit less than one second, on
windows CI it's a few seconds.
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230309001558.b7shzvio645ebdta@awork3.anarazel.de
64bit xids can't represent xids before epoch 0 (see also be504a3e97). When
FullTransactionIdFromXidAndCtx() was passed such an xid, it'd create a 64bit
xid far into the future. Noticed while adding assertions in the course of
investigating be504a3e97, as amcheck's test create such xids.
To fix the issue, just return FirstNormalFullTransactionId in this case. A
freshly initdb'd cluster already has a newer horizon. The most minimal version
of this would make the messages for some detected corruptions differently
inaccurate. To make those cases accurate, switch
FullTransactionIdFromXidAndCtx() to use the 32bit modulo difference between
xid and nextxid to compute the 64bit xid, yielding sensible "in the future" /
"in the past" answers.
Reviewed-by: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230108002923.cyoser3ttmt63bfn@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 14-, where heapam verification was introduced
The COPY documentation is quite clear that "COPY relation TO" copies
rows from only the named table, not any inheritance children it may
have. However, if you enabled row-level security on the table then
this stopped being true, because the code forgot to apply the ONLY
modifier in the "SELECT ... FROM relation" query that it constructs
in order to allow RLS predicates to be attached. Fix that.
Report and patch by Antonin Houska (comment adjustments and test case
by me). Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3472.1675251957@antos
Previously, the default encoding was derived from the locale when
using libc; while the default was always UTF-8 when using ICU. That
would throw an error when the locale was not compatible with UTF-8.
This commit causes initdb to derive the default encoding from the
locale for both providers. If --no-locale is specified (or if the
locale is C or POSIX), the default encoding will be UTF-8 for ICU
(because ICU does not support SQL_ASCII) and SQL_ASCII for libc.
Per buildfarm failure on system "hoverfly" related to commit
27b62377b4.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d191d5841347301a8f1238f609471ddd957fc47e.camel%40j-davis.com
Datetime input formerly accepted combinations such as
'1995-08-06 infinity', but this seems like a clear error.
Reject any combination of regular y/m/d/h/m/s fields with
these special tokens.
Joseph Koshakow, reviewed by Keisuke Kuroda and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHdm8wwXwG_FFRaJ1nTHiMWb7YXS2YKCzCt8Q0a2ZoMcHg@mail.gmail.com
Previously, pg_upgrade checked that the old and new clusters were
compatible, including the locale and encoding. But the new cluster was
just created, and only template0 from the new cluster will be
preserved (template1 and postgres are both recreated during the
upgrade process).
Because template0 is not sensitive to locale or encoding, just update
the pg_database entry to be the same as template0 from the original
cluster.
This commit makes it easier to change the default initdb locale or
encoding settings without causing needless incompatibilities.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d62b2874-729b-d26a-2d0a-0d64f509eca4@enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
In our Kerberos test suite, there isn't much need to worry about the
normal canonicalization that Kerberos provides by looking up the reverse
DNS for the IP address connected to, and in some cases it can actively
cause problems (eg: a captive portal wifi where the normally not
resolvable localhost address used ends up being resolved anyway, and
not to the domain we are using for testing, causing the entire
regression test to fail with errors about not being able to get a TGT
for the remote realm for cross-realm trust).
Therefore, disable it by adding rdns = false into the krb5.conf that's
generated for the test.
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y/QD2zDkDYQA1GQt@tamriel.snowman.net
Change comments for pg_cryptohash_init(), pg_cryptohash_update(),
pg_cryptohash_final() in cryptohash.c to match cryptohash_openssl.c.
In particular, the claim that these functions were "designed" to never
fail was incorrect, since by design callers need to be prepared to
handle failures, for compatibility with the cryptohash_openssl.c
versions.
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/301F4EDD-27B9-460F-B462-B9DB2BDE4ACF@yesql.se
A patch sent by Jacob Champion has been touching this area of the code,
and the set of changes done in a9e9a9f has made a run of pgindent on
these files a bit annoying to handle. So let's clean up a bit the area,
first, to ease the work on follow-up patches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
Commit bdaabb9b started skipping doomed transactions when building the
list of possible conflicts for SERIALIZABLE READ ONLY. That makes
sense, because doomed transactions won't commit, but a couple of subtle
things broke:
1. If all uncommitted r/w transactions are doomed, a READ ONLY
transaction would arbitrarily not benefit from the safe snapshot
optimization. It would not be taken immediately, and yet no other
transaction would set SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE later.
2. In the same circumstances but with DEFERRABLE, GetSafeSnapshot()
would correctly exit its wait loop without sleeping and then take the
optimization in non-assert builds, but assert builds would fail a sanity
check that SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE had been set by another transaction.
This is similar to the case for PredXact->WritableSxactCount == 0. We
should opt out immediately if our possibleUnsafeConflicts list is empty
after filtering.
The code to maintain the serializable global xmin is moved down below
the new opt out site, because otherwise we'd have to reverse its effects
before returning.
Back-patch to all supported releases. Bug #17368.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17116-d6ca217acc180e30%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20110707212159.GF76634%40csail.mit.edu
396d348b0 omitted adding with_icu to the pg_dump tests under
meson. Conversely, e6927270c exported ZSTD for pg_basebackup's tests, despite
pg_basebackup's ZSTD support not having any tests.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230226225239.GL1653@telsasoft.com
The changes in b6a0d469ca prevented installation of the test files during a
normal install. However, the buildfarm intentionally tries to trun the tests
against a "real" installation. The new install-test-files target provides that
ability.
Because we want to install into a normal directory, I removed the necessary
munging of the target paths from meson.build and moved it into
install-test-files. I also added DESTDIR support, so that installing can
redirect the directory if desired. That's used for the tmp_install/
installation now.
I didn't like the number of arguments necessary for install_test_files, so I
changed it to use
--install target list of files
which makes it easier to use for further directories, if/when we need them.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230308012940.edexipb3vqylcu6r@awork3.anarazel.de
This exposes the ICU facility to add custom collation rules to a
standard collation.
New options are added to CREATE COLLATION, CREATE DATABASE, createdb,
and initdb to set the rules.
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/821c71a4-6ef0-d366-9acf-bb8e367f739f@enterprisedb.com
Reformat some of the comments in MergeAttributes(). A lot of code has
been added here over time, and the comments could use a bit of editing
to make the code flow read better.
One file per line seems best. We already did this in some cases.
This adopts the same format everywhere (except in some cases where the
list reasonably fits on one line).
There was apparently an attempt here to list all the object types that
ACL_USAGE applies to, but it wasn't complete. So instead of trying to
keep up, put in a more timeless comment.
When vacuum_defer_cleanup_age is bigger than the current xid, including the
epoch, the subtraction of vacuum_defer_cleanup_age would lead to a wrapped
around xid. While that normally is not a problem, the subsequent conversion to
a 64bit xid results in a 64bit-xid very far into the future. As that xid is
used as a horizon to detect whether rows versions are old enough to be
removed, that allows removal of rows that are still visible (i.e. corruption).
If vacuum_defer_cleanup_age was never changed from the default, there is no
chance of this bug occurring.
This bug was introduced in dc7420c2c9. A lesser version of it exists in
12-13, introduced by fb5344c969, affecting only GiST.
The 12-13 version of the issue can, in rare cases, lead to pages in a gist
index getting recycled too early, potentially causing index entries to be
found multiple times.
The fix is fairly simple - don't allow vacuum_defer_cleanup_age to retreat
further than FirstNormalTransactionId.
Patches to make similar bugs easier to find, by adding asserts to the 64bit
xid infrastructure, have been proposed, but are not suitable for backpatching.
Currently there are no tests for vacuum_defer_cleanup_age. A patch introducing
infrastructure to make writing a test easier has been posted to the list.
Reported-by: Michail Nikolaev <michail.nikolaev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230108002923.cyoser3ttmt63bfn@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 12-, but impact/fix is smaller for 12-13
Previously, all the nodes of CallStmt were included in the jumbling,
causing a duplicate in the computation as the transformed state of the
CALL query was included as well as the parsed state (transformed
FuncCall with all the input arguments and potential output arguments).
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y+MRdEq9W9XVa2AB@paquier.xyz
We already didn't use touch (some earlier version of the meson build did ),
and cp is only used for updating unicode files. The latter already depends on
the optional availability of 'wget', so doing the same for 'cp' makes sense.
Eventually we probably want a portable command for updating source code as
part of a target, but for now...
Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/70e96c34-64ee-e549-8c4a-f91a7a668804@dunslane.net
IntoClause.viewQuery is a copy of the parsed-but-not-rewritten SELECT
clause copied to IntoClause when transforming CreateTableAsStmt for a
materialized view. Including a second copy of the SELECT Query into the
query jumbling was leading to an incorrect numbering of the Const node
locations, as these would be counted twice instead of once.
This becomes visible once the query normalization is applied to CREATE
MATERIALIZED VIEW in pg_stat_statements in the shape of a query string
using only odd numbers for the normalized constants, (regression tests
added in pg_stat_statements as of de2aca2 would show the difference).
Including the original Query from CreateTableAsStmt is enough for the
query jumbling.
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y+MRdEq9W9XVa2AB@paquier.xyz
4211fbd has been handling PROCESS_MAIN in vacuum_rel() with an "if/else
if" structure to avoid an extra level of indentation, but this has been
found as being rather parse to read. This commit updates the code so as
we check for PROCESS_MAIN in a single place and then handle its
subpaths, FULL or non-FULL vacuums. Some comments are added to make
that clearer for the reader.
Reported-by: Melanie Plageman
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230306194009.5cn6sp3wjotd36nu@liskov
If a view is defined atop another view, and then CREATE OR REPLACE
VIEW is used to add columns to the lower view, then when the upper
view's referencing RTE is expanded by ApplyRetrieveRule we will have
a subquery RTE with fewer eref->colnames than output columns. This
confuses various code that assumes those lists are always in sync,
as they are in plain parser output.
We have seen such problems before (cf commit d5b760ecb), and now
I think the time has come to do what was speculated about in that
commit: let's make ApplyRetrieveRule synthesize some column names to
preserve the invariant that holds in parser output. Otherwise we'll
be chasing this class of bugs indefinitely. Moreover, it appears from
testing that this actually gives us better results in the test case
d5b760ecb added, and likely in other corner cases that we lack
coverage for.
In HEAD, I replaced d5b760ecb's hack to make expandRTE exit early with
an elog(ERROR) call, since the case is now presumably unreachable.
But it seems like changing that in back branches would bring more risk
than benefit, so there I just updated the comment.
Per bug #17811 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17811-d31686b78f0dffc9@postgresql.org
This routine is able to retrieve the OID of the schema used with an
extension (pg_extension.extnamespace), or InvalidOid if this information
is not available. plpgsql_check embeds a copy of this code when
performing checks on functions, as one out-of-core example.
Author: Pavel Stehule
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRD+9x55hjDoi285jCcjPc8uuY_D+FLn5RpXggdz+4O2sQ@mail.gmail.com
If UPDATE is forced to retry after an EvalPlanQual check, it neglected
to repeat GENERATED-column computations, even though those might well
have changed since we're dealing with a different tuple than before.
Fixing this is mostly a matter of looping back a bit further when
we retry. In v15 and HEAD that's most easily done by altering the API
of ExecUpdateAct so that it includes computing GENERATED expressions.
Also, if an UPDATE in a partitioned table turns into a cross-partition
INSERT operation, we failed to recompute GENERATED columns. That's a
bug since 8bf6ec3ba allowed partitions to have different generation
expressions; although it seems to have no ill effects before that.
Fixing this is messier because we can now have situations where the same
query needs both the UPDATE-aligned set of GENERATED columns and the
INSERT-aligned set, and it's unclear which set will be generated first
(else we could hack things by forcing the INSERT-aligned set to be
generated, which is indeed how fe9e658f4 made it work for MERGE).
The best fix seems to be to build and store separate sets of expressions
for the INSERT and UPDATE cases. That would create ABI issues in the
back branches, but so far it seems we can leave this alone in the back
branches.
Per bug #17823 from Hisahiro Kauchi. The first part of this affects all
branches back to v12 where GENERATED columns were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17823-b64909cf7d63de84@postgresql.org
While testing a fix for bug #17823, I discovered that EvalPlanQualStart
failed to copy es_rteperminfos from the parent EState, resulting in
failure if anything in EPQ execution wanted to consult that information.
This led me to conclude that commit a61b1f748 had been too haphazard
about where to fill es_rteperminfos, and that we need to be sure that
that happens exactly where es_range_table gets filled. So I changed the
signature of ExecInitRangeTable to help ensure that this new requirement
doesn't get missed. (Indeed, pgoutput.c was also failing to fill it.
Maybe we don't ever need it there, but I wouldn't bet on that.)
No test case yet; one will arrive with the fix for #17823.
But that needs to be back-patched, while this fix is HEAD-only.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17823-b64909cf7d63de84@postgresql.org
The functions that follow are concerned with various things, of
which the tar format is only one, so this comment doesn't really
seem helpful. The file isn't really divided into sections in the
way that this comment seems to contemplate -- or at least, not
any more.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ_fFAoU6mrHt9QBs+dcYhN6yXenGTTMRebZNhtwPwHyg@mail.gmail.com
We read blocks of data from files that we're backing up in chunks,
some multiple of BLCKSZ for each read. If checksum verification fails,
we then try rereading just the one block for which validation failed.
If that block happened to be the first block of the chunk, and if
the file was concurrently truncated to remove that block, then we'd
reach a call to bbsink_archive_contents() with a buffer length of 0.
That causes an assertion failure.
As far as I can see, there are no particularly bad consequences if
this happens in a non-assert build, and it's pretty unlikely to happen
in the first place because it requires a series of somewhat unlikely
things to happen in very quick succession. However, assertion failures
are bad, so rearrange the code to avoid that possibility.
Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ_fFAoU6mrHt9QBs+dcYhN6yXenGTTMRebZNhtwPwHyg@mail.gmail.com
Add description of which one is the default between two complementary
options of --bypassrls and --replication in the help text and docs. In
correspondence let the command always include the tokens corresponding
to every options of that kind in the SQL command sent to server. Tests
are updated accordingly.
Also fix the checks of some trivalue vars which were using literal zero
for checking default value instead of the enum label TRI_DEFAULT. While
not a bug, since TRI_DEFAULT is defined as zero, fixing improves read-
ability improved readability (and avoid bugs if the enum is changed).
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220810.151243.1073197628358749087.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Disabling this option is useful to run VACUUM (with or without FULL) on
only the toast table of a relation, bypassing the main relation. This
option is enabled by default.
Running directly VACUUM on a toast table was already possible without
this feature, by using the non-deterministic name of a toast relation
(as of pg_toast.pg_toast_N, where N would be the OID of the parent
relation) in the VACUUM command, and it required a scan of pg_class to
know the name of the toast table. So this feature is basically a
shortcut to be able to run VACUUM or VACUUM FULL on a toast relation,
using only the name of the parent relation.
A new switch called --no-process-main is added to vacuumdb, to work as
an equivalent of PROCESS_MAIN.
Regression tests are added to cover VACUUM and VACUUM FULL, looking at
pg_stat_all_tables.vacuum_count to see how many vacuums have run on
each table, main or toast.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230000028.GA435655@nathanxps13
All the regression tests of VACUUM (PROCESS_TOAST) were only checking if
the commands were able to run, without checking if VACUUM was really
running on what it should. This expands this set of tests so as we now
look at pg_stat_all_tables.vacuum_count to see how many vacuums have
been run on a given table and its toast relation.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author, as this is useful on
its own.
Special thanks to Álvaro Herrera for the idea of using
pg_stat_all_tables to check the state of the toast relation.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230000028.GA435655@nathanxps13
The following changes are made to pg_write_zeros(), the API able to
write series of zeros using vectored I/O:
- Add of an "offset" parameter, to write the size from this position
(the 'p' of "pwrite" seems to mean position, though POSIX does not
outline ythat directly), hence the name of the routine is incorrect if
it is not able to handle offsets.
- Avoid memset() of "zbuffer" on every call.
- Avoid initialization of the whole IOV array if not needed.
- Group the trailing write() call with the main write() call,
simplifying the function logic.
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230215005525.mrrlmqrxzjzhaipl@awork3.anarazel.de
1. Make sure that we don't decrement SxactGlobalXminCount twice when
the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE optimization is reached in a parallel query.
This could trigger a sanity check failure in assert builds. Non-assert
builds recompute the count in SetNewSxactGlobalXmin(), so the problem
was hidden, explaining the lack of field reports. Add a new isolation
test to exercise that case.
2. Remove an assertion that the DOOMED flag can't be set on a partially
released SERIALIZABLEXACT. Instead, ignore the flag (our transaction
was already determined to be read-only safe, and DOOMED is in fact set
during partial release, and there was already an assertion that it
wasn't set sooner). Improve an existing isolation test so that it
reaches that case (previously it wasn't quite testing what it was
supposed to be testing; see discussion).
Back-patch to 12. Bug #17116. Defects in commit 47a338cf.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17116-d6ca217acc180e30%40postgresql.org
Add support for non-decimal integer literals and underscores in
numeric literals to SQL JSON path language. This follows the rules of
ECMAScript, as referred to by the SQL standard.
Internally, all the numeric literal parsing of jsonpath goes through
numeric_in, which already supports all this, so this patch is just a
bit of lexer work and some tests and documentation.
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b11b25bb-6ec1-d42f-cedd-311eae59e1fb@enterprisedb.com
Beginning in v15, if you apply ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER to
a partitioned table, it also affects the partitions' cloned versions
of the affected trigger(s). The initial implementation of this
located the clones by name, but that fails on foreign-key triggers
which have names incorporating their own OIDs. We can fix that, and
also make the behavior more bulletproof in the face of user-initiated
trigger renames, by identifying the cloned triggers by tgparentid.
Following the lead of earlier commits in this area, I took care not
to break ABI in the v15 branch, even though I rather doubt there
are any external callers of EnableDisableTrigger.
While here, update the documentation, which was not touched when
the semantics were changed.
Per bug #17817 from Alan Hodgson. Back-patch to v15; older versions
do not have this behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17817-31dfb7c2100d9f3d@postgresql.org
We allow our header files to depend on the appropriate one of
postgres.h, postgres_fe.h, or c.h having already been included.
However, there are a few headers such as libpq-fe.h that are
meant to be used by client applications and therefore must
compile without any assumptions about previous inclusions.
These test scripts failed to consider that, which seems quite
hazardous since we might not immediately notice such a problem
otherwise. Hence, adjust these scripts to test relevant libpq
and ecpg headers with no prior inclusion.
While at it, we can also make an effort to actually use the
relevant one of postgres.h, postgres_fe.h, or c.h. I added
some rules that guess which one to use based on the first-level
src subdirectory, e.g. use postgres_fe.h under src/bin/.
These rules are hardly water-tight but they seem to work today,
and we can always refine them in the future.
These changes don't reveal any live problems today, which is good,
but they should make these scripts more able to catch future bugs.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2488193.1677863247@sss.pgh.pa.us
The comments claim that certain pieces of data are part of the main
WAL record data when in reality they are part of the data for
block 0. Repair.
Bertrand Drouvot, reviewed by Amit Kapila. Originally reported by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/80db7836-4415-d54a-64c3-66b88b1430e7@gmail.com
Previously, meson installed modules under src/test/modules/ as part of
a normal installation, even though these files are only meant for use
by tests. This is because there is no way to set up up the build
system to install extra things only when told.
This patch fixes that with a workaround: We don't install these
modules as part of meson install, but we create a new "test" that runs
before the real tests whose action it is to install these files. The
installation is done by manual copies using a small helper script.
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2a039e8e-f31f-31e8-afe7-bab3130ad2de%40enterprisedb.com
Coverage of the query jumbling code has always relied on the queries
included in the regression tests of pg_stat_statements. This has its
limitations, as a lot of query patterns have never really stressed the
query jumbling code. The situation got a bit worse since the query
jumbling has been added in the backend core code (5fd9dfa), hence new
nodes that should be included in the jumbling could easily be missed,
resulting in failures in pg_stat_statements or any modules that require
query ID computations. Forcing a load of pg_stat_statements in
027_stream_regress.pl ensures that nodes are never missed in the
computations, without having to rely on a buildfarm member for this
check.
Before this commit, the line coverage of queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c was
around 48.5%, now up to 94.6% just by running 027_stream_regress.pl.
A basic check is added to show that pg_stat_statements reports are
generated after the main regression test suite is finished.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y+nD9LN70w+8eaG9@paquier.xyz
Our previous habit of showing the full function body is really
pretty unfriendly for tabular viewing of functions, and now that
we have \sf and \ef commands there seems no good reason why \df+
has to do it. It still seems to make sense to show prosrc for
internal and C-language functions, since in those cases prosrc
is just the C function name; but then let's rename the column to
"Internal name" which is a more accurate descriptor.
Isaac Morland
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsGm5eqKc6J1=Lwn=ZONG=6ZDYWRQ4cgZQLqMuZGB1aVt_JBg@mail.gmail.com
Open long-lived data and WAL file descriptors with O_CLOEXEC. This flag
was introduced by SUSv4 (POSIX.1-2008), and by now all of our target
Unix systems have it. Our open() implementation for Windows already had
that behavior, so provide a dummy O_CLOEXEC flag on that platform.
For now, callers of open() and the "thin" wrappers in fd.c that deal in
raw descriptors need to pass in O_CLOEXEC explicitly if desired. This
commit does that for WAL files, and automatically for everything
accessed via VFDs including SMgrRelation and BufFile. (With more
discussion we might decide to turn it on automatically for the thin
open()-wrappers too to avoid risk of missing places that need it, but
these are typically used for short-lived descriptors where we don't
expect to fork/exec, and it's remotely possible that extensions could be
using these APIs and passing descriptors to subprograms deliberately, so
that hasn't been done here.)
Do the same for sockets and the postmaster pipe with FD_CLOEXEC. (Later
commits might use modern interfaces to remove these extra fcntl() calls
and more where possible, but we'll need them as a fallback for a couple
of systems, so do it that way in this initial commit.)
With this change, subprograms executed for archiving, copying etc will
no longer have access to the server's descriptors, other than the ones
that we decide to pass down.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKb6FsAdQWcRL35KJsftv%2B9zXqQbzwkfRf1i0J2e57%2BhQ%40mail.gmail.com
When I designed the Bitmapset module, I set things up so that an empty
Bitmapset could be represented either by a NULL pointer, or by an
allocated object all of whose bits are zero. I've recently come to
the conclusion that that was a bad idea and we should instead have a
convention like the longstanding invariant for Lists, whereby an empty
list is represented by NIL and nothing else.
To do this, we need to fix bms_intersect, bms_difference, and a couple
of other functions to check for having produced an empty result; but
then we can replace bms_is_empty(a) by a simple "a == NULL" test.
This is very likely a (marginal) win performance-wise, because we
call bms_is_empty many more times than those other functions put
together. However, the real reason to do it is that we have various
places that have hand-implemented a rule about "this Bitmapset
variable must be exactly NULL if empty", so that they can use
checks-for-null in place of bms_is_empty calls in particularly hot
code paths. That is a really fragile, mistake-prone way to do things,
and I'm surprised that we've seldom been bitten by it. It's not well
documented at all which variables have this property, so you can't
readily tell which code might be violating those conventions. By
making the convention universal, we can eliminate a subtle source of
bugs.
Patch by me; thanks to Nathan Bossart and Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1159933.1677621588@sss.pgh.pa.us
nodeAppend.c used non-nullness of appendstate->as_valid_subplans as
a state flag to indicate whether it'd done ExecFindMatchingSubPlans
(or some sufficient approximation to that). This was pretty
questionable even in the beginning, since it wouldn't really work
right if there are no valid subplans. It got more questionable
after commit 27e1f1456 added logic that could reduce as_valid_subplans
to an empty set: at that point we were depending on unspecified
behavior of bms_del_members, namely that it'd not return an empty
set as NULL. It's about to start doing that, which breaks this
logic entirely. Hence, add a separate boolean flag to signal
whether as_valid_subplans has been computed.
Also fix a previously-cosmetic bug in nodeAgg.c, wherein it ignored
the return value of bms_del_member instead of updating its pointer.
Patch by me; thanks to Nathan Bossart and Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1159933.1677621588@sss.pgh.pa.us
This function has been semi-deprecated ever since we invented
bms_next_member(). Its habit of scribbling on the input bitmapset
isn't great, plus for sufficiently large bitmapsets it would take
O(N^2) time to complete a loop. Now we have the additional problem
that reducing the input to empty while leaving it still accessible
would violate a planned invariant. So let's just get rid of it,
after updating the few extant callers to use bms_next_member().
Patch by me; thanks to Nathan Bossart and Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1159933.1677621588@sss.pgh.pa.us
Some deprecated options were not marked as such in usage output. This
does so across the installed binaries in an attempt to provide consistent
markup for this.
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/062C6A8A-A4E8-4F52-9E31-45F0C9E9915E@yesql.se
Commit 0a20ff54f split out the GUC variables from guc.c into a new file
guc_tables.c. This updates comments referencing guc.c regarding variables
which are now in guc_tables.c.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6B50C70C-8C1F-4F9A-A7C0-EEAFCC032406@yesql.se
When you have some invalid WAL, you often get a message like "wanted
24, got 0". This is a bit incorrect, since it really wanted *at
least* 24, not exactly 24. This updates the messages to that effect,
and also adds that detail to one message where it was available but
not printed.
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeevan Ladhe <jeevanladhe.os@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/726d782b-5e45-0c3e-d775-6686afe9aa83%40enterprisedb.com
This is usually harmless, but if you were very unlucky it could
provoke a segfault due to the "to" string being right up against
the end of memory. Found via valgrind testing (so we might've
found it earlier, except that our regression tests lacked any
exercise of translate()'s deletion feature).
Fix by switching the order of the test-for-end-of-string and
advance-pointer steps. While here, compute "to_ptr + tolen"
just once. (Smarter compilers might figure that out for
themselves, but let's just make sure.)
Report and fix by Daniil Anisimov, in bug #17816.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17816-70f3d2764e88a108@postgresql.org
As it stands, flagInhAttrs() can make changes in table properties that
change decisions made at other tables during other iterations of its
loop. This is a pretty bad idea, since we visit the tables in OID
order which is not necessarily related to inheritance relationships.
So far as I can tell, the consequences are just cosmetic: we might
dump DEFAULT or GENERATED expressions that we don't really need to
because they match properties of the parent. Nonetheless, it's buggy,
and somebody might someday add functionality here that fails less
benignly when the traversal order varies.
One issue is that when we decide we needn't dump a particular
GENERATED expression, we physically unlink the struct for it,
so that it will now look like the table has no such expression,
causing the wrong choice to be made at any child visited later.
We can improve that by instead clearing the dobj.dump flag,
and taking care to check that flag when it comes time to dump
the expression or not.
The other problem is that if we decide we need to fake up a DEFAULT
NULL clause to override a default that would otherwise get inherited,
we modify the data structure in the reverse fashion, creating an
attrdefs entry where there hadn't been one. It's harder to avoid
doing that, but since the backend won't report a plain "DEFAULT NULL"
property we can modify the code to recognize ones we just added.
Add some commentary to perhaps forestall future mistakes of the
same ilk.
Since the effects of this seem only cosmetic, no back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1506298.1676323579@sss.pgh.pa.us
Per buildfarm members snakefly, parula and prion, that reflect the
results coming from the latest versions of libxml2.
Oversight in b8da37b in the shape of an incorrect copy-paste. The CI
was green, but it does not stress this expected output.
pg_input_error_info() is now a SQL function able to return a row with
more than just the error message generated for incorrect data type
inputs when these are able to handle soft failures, returning more
contents of ErrorData, as of:
- The error message (same as before).
- The error detail, if set.
- The error hint, if set.
- SQL error code.
All the regression tests that relied on pg_input_error_message() are
updated to reflect the effects of the rename.
Per discussion with Tom Lane and Andrew Dunstan.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/139a68e1-bd1f-a9a7-b5fe-0be9845c6311@dunslane.net
Some clang versions whine about comparing an enum variable to
a value outside the range of the enum, on the grounds that the
result must be constant. In the cases we fix here, the loops
will terminate only if the enum variable can in fact hold a
value one beyond its declared range. While that's very likely
to always be true for these enum types, it still seems like a
poor coding practice to assume it; so use "int" loop variables
instead to silence the warnings. (This matches what we've done
in other places, for example loops over the range of ForkNumber.)
While at it, let's drop the XXX_FIRST macros for these enums and just
write zeroes for the loop start values. The apparent flexibility
seems rather illusory given that iterating up to one-less-than-
the-number-of-values is only correct for a zero-based range.
Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20520.1677435600@sss.pgh.pa.us
This will create two bytes of padding space in xl_hash_vacuum_one_page which
can be used for future patches. This makes the datatype of
xl_hash_vacuum_one_page.ntuples same as gistxlogDelete.ntodelete which is
advisable as both are used for the same purpose.
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b0e20c40-cb7a-fc1c-c607-2a78dac5021e@gmail.com
It's been this way for a very long time, but it appears to have been
masking an issue that only manifests with different settings. Therefore,
run the tests in the installation's default encoding/locale.
Backpatch to all live branches.
We already tried to fix this in commits 3f7323cbb et al (and follow-on
fixes), but now it emerges that there are still unfixed cases;
moreover, these cases affect all branches not only pre-v14. I thought
we had eliminated all cases of making multiple clones of an UPDATE's
target list when we nuked inheritance_planner. But it turns out we
still do that in some partitioned-UPDATE cases, notably including
INSERT ... ON CONFLICT UPDATE, because ExecInitPartitionInfo thinks
it's okay to clone and modify the parent's targetlist.
This fix is based on a suggestion from Andres Freund: let's stop
abusing the ParamExecData.execPlan mechanism, which was only ever
meant to handle initplans, and instead solve the execution timing
problem by having the expression compiler move MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK steps
to the front of their expression step lists. This is feasible because
(a) all branches still in support compile the entire targetlist of
an UPDATE into a single ExprState, and (b) we know that all
MULTIEXPR_SUBLINKs do need to be evaluated --- none could be buried
inside a CASE, for example. There is a minor semantics change
concerning the order of execution of the MULTIEXPR's subquery versus
other parts of the parent targetlist, but that seems like something
we can get away with. By doing that, we no longer need to worry
about whether different clones of a MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK share output
Params; their usage of that data structure won't overlap.
Per bug #17800 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches. In v13 and earlier, we can revert 3f7323cbb and follow-on
fixes; however, I chose to keep the SubPlan.subLinkId field added
in ccbb54c72. We don't need that anymore in the core code, but it's
cheap enough to fill, and removing a plan node field in a minor
release seems like it'd be asking for trouble.
Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17800-ff90866b3906c964@postgresql.org
If a rule action contains a subquery that refers to columns from OLD
or NEW, then those are really lateral references, and the planner will
complain if it sees such things in a subquery that isn't marked as
lateral. However, at rule-definition time, the user isn't required to
mark the subquery with LATERAL, and so it can fail when the rule is
used.
Fix this by marking such subqueries as lateral in the rewriter, at the
point where they're used.
Dean Rasheed and Tom Lane, per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5e09da43-aaba-7ea7-0a51-a2eb981b058b%40gmail.com
A unique index which is created with non-distinct NULLS cannot be
used for backing a primary key constraint. Make sure to disallow
such table alterations and teach pg_dump to drop the non-distinct
NULLS clause on indexes where this has been set.
Bug: 17720
Reported-by: Reiner Peterke <zedaardv@drizzle.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17720-dab8ee0fa85d316d@postgresql.org
Multiple cycles of starting up and shutting down the plugin within a
single session would eventually lead to "out of relcache_callback_list
slots", because pgoutput_startup blindly re-registered its cache
callbacks each time. Fix it to register them only once, as all other
users of cache callbacks already take care to do.
This has been broken all along, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Shi Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB631004A78D743D68921FFAD3FDA79@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Expand pg_dump's compression streaming and file APIs to support the lz4
algorithm. The newly added compress_lz4.{c,h} files cover all the
functionality of the aforementioned APIs. Minor changes were necessary
in various pg_backup_* files, where code for the 'lz4' file suffix has
been added, as well as pg_dump's compression option parsing.
Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Rachel Heaton, Justin Pryzby, Shi Yu, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/faUNEOpts9vunEaLnmxmG-DldLSg_ql137OC3JYDmgrOMHm1RvvWY2IdBkv_CRxm5spCCb_OmKNk2T03TMm0fBEWveFF9wA1WizPuAgB7Ss%3D%40protonmail.com
Offers a generally better separation of responsibilities for collation
code. Also, a step towards multi-lib ICU, which should be based on a
clean separation of the routines required for collation providers.
Callers with NUL-terminated strings should call pg_strcoll() or
pg_strxfrm(); callers with strings and their length should call the
variants pg_strncoll() or pg_strnxfrm().
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a581136455c940d7bd0ff482d3a2bd51af25a94f.camel%40j-davis.com
Switch pg_dump to use the Compression API, implemented by bf9aa490db.
The CompressFileHandle replaces the cfp* family of functions with a
struct of callbacks for accessing (compressed) files. This allows adding
new compression methods simply by introducing a new struct instance with
appropriate implementation of the callbacks.
Archives compressed using custom compression methods store an identifier
of the compression algorithm in their header instead of the compression
level. The header version is bumped.
Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Rachel Heaton, Justin Pryzby, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/faUNEOpts9vunEaLnmxmG-DldLSg_ql137OC3JYDmgrOMHm1RvvWY2IdBkv_CRxm5spCCb_OmKNk2T03TMm0fBEWveFF9wA1WizPuAgB7Ss%3D%40protonmail.com
It's possible, in admittedly-rather-contrived cases, for an eclass
to generate a derived "join" qual that constrains the post-outer-join
value(s) of some RHS variable(s) without mentioning the LHS at all.
While the mechanisms were set up to work for this, we fell foul of
the "get_common_eclass_indexes" filter installed by commit 3373c7155:
it could decide that such an eclass wasn't relevant to the join, so
that the required qual clause wouldn't get emitted there or anywhere
else.
To fix, apply get_common_eclass_indexes only at inner joins, where
its rule is still valid. At an outer join, fall back to examining all
eclasses that mention either input (or the OJ relid, though it should
be impossible for an eclass to mention that without mentioning either
input). Perhaps we can improve on that later, but the cost/benefit of
adding more complexity to skip some irrelevant eclasses is dubious.
To allow cheaply distinguishing outer from inner joins, pass the
ojrelid to generate_join_implied_equalities as a separate argument.
This also allows cleaning up some sloppiness that had crept into
the definition of its join_relids argument, and it allows accurate
calculation of nominal_join_relids for a child outer join. (The
latter oversight seems not to have been a live bug, but it certainly
could have caused problems in future.)
Also fix what might be a live bug in check_index_predicates: it was
being sloppy about what it passed to generate_join_implied_equalities.
Per report from Richard Guo.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-DsTBfOvXuw64GdFss2=M5cwtEhY=0DCS7t2gT7P6hSA@mail.gmail.com
Commit bf9aa490db introduced a compression API in compress_io.{c,h} to
make reuse easier, and allow adding more compression algorithms.
However, pg_backup_archiver.c was not switched to this API and continued
to call the compression directly.
This commit teaches pg_backup_archiver.c about the compression API, so
that it can benefit from bf9aa490db (simpler code, easier addition of
new compression methods).
Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Rachel Heaton, Justin Pryzby, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/faUNEOpts9vunEaLnmxmG-DldLSg_ql137OC3JYDmgrOMHm1RvvWY2IdBkv_CRxm5spCCb_OmKNk2T03TMm0fBEWveFF9wA1WizPuAgB7Ss%3D%40protonmail.com
If the source server was just promoted, and it hasn't written the
checkpoint record yet, pg_rewind considered the server to be still on
the old timeline. Because of that, it would claim incorrectly that no
rewind is required. Fix that by looking at minRecoveryPointTLI in the
control file in addition to the ThisTimeLineID on the checkpoint.
This has been a known issue since forever, and we had worked around it
in the regression tests by issuing a checkpoint after each promotion,
before running pg_rewind. But that was always quite hacky, so better
to fix this properly. This doesn't add any new tests for this, but
removes the previously-added workarounds from the existing tests, so
that they should occasionally hit this codepath again.
This is arguably a bug fix, but don't backpatch because we haven't
really treated it as a bug so far. Also, the patch didn't apply
cleanly to v13 and below. I'm sure sure it could be made to work on
v13, but doesn't seem worth the risk and effort.
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Ibrar Ahmed, Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/9f568c97-87fe-a716-bd39-65299b8a60f4%40iki.fi
Given an updatable view with a DO ALSO INSERT ... SELECT rule, a
multi-row INSERT ... VALUES query on the view fails if the VALUES list
contains any DEFAULTs that are not replaced by view defaults. This
manifests as an "unrecognized node type" error, or an Assert failure,
in an assert-enabled build.
The reason is that when RewriteQuery() attempts to replace the
remaining DEFAULT items with NULLs in any product queries, using
rewriteValuesRTEToNulls(), it assumes that the VALUES RTE is located
at the same rangetable index in each product query. However, if the
product query is an INSERT ... SELECT, then the VALUES RTE is actually
in the SELECT part of that query (at the same index), rather than the
top-level product query itself.
Fix, by descending to the SELECT in such cases. Note that we can't
simply use getInsertSelectQuery() for this, since that expects to be
given a raw rule action with OLD and NEW placeholder entries, so we
duplicate its logic instead.
While at it, beef up the checks in getInsertSelectQuery() by checking
that the jointree->fromlist node is indeed a RangeTblRef, and that the
RTE it points to has rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY.
Per bug #17803, from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17803-53c63ed4ecb4eac6%40postgresql.org
This was previously only documented in a comment. Given the size of the
struct, it's not hard to miss that comment. As evidenced by the commits
leading up to fe3caa1439, 67b26703b4.
It's possible, but not likely, that we might have to weaken these assertions
on a less commonly used architecture.
Author: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/295606.1677101684@sss.pgh.pa.us
A couple of code paths in CONNECTION_AWAITING_RESPONSE will eagerly read
bytes off a connection that should be closed. Don't let a misbehaving
server chew up client resources here; a v2 error can't be infinitely
long, and a v3 error should be bounded by its original message length.
For the existing error_return cases, I added some additional error
messages for symmetry with the new ones, and cleaned up some message
rot.
Author: Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/8e729daf-7d71-6965-9687-8bc0630599b3%40timescale.com
initsplan.c figured that it could push Var-free qual clauses to
the top of the current JoinDomain, which is okay in the abstract.
But if the current domain is inside some outer join, and we later
commute an inside-the-domain outer join with one outside it,
we end up placing the pushed-up qual clause incorrectly.
In distribute_qual_to_rels, avoid this by using the syntactic scope
of the qual clause; with the exception that if we're in the top-level
join domain we can still use the full query relid set, ensuring the
resulting gating Result node goes to the top of the plan. (This is
approximately as smart as the pre-v16 code was. Perhaps we can do
better later, but it's not clear that such cases are worth a lot of
sweat.)
In process_implied_equality, we don't have a clear notion of syntactic
scope, but we do have the results of SpecialJoinInfo construction.
Thumb through those and remove any lower outer joins that might get
commuted to above the join domain. Again, we can make an exception
for the top-level join domain. It'd be possible to work harder here
(for example, by keeping outer joins that aren't shown as potentially
commutable), but I'm going to stop here for the moment. This issue
has convinced me that the current representation of join domains
probably needs further refinement, so I'm disinclined to write
inessential dependent logic just yet.
In passing, tighten the qualscope passed to process_implied_equality
by generate_base_implied_equalities_no_const; there's no need for
it to be larger than the rel we are currently considering.
Tom Lane and Richard Guo, per report from Tender Wang.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHewXNk9eJ35ru5xATWioTV4+xZPHptjy9etdcNPjUfY9RQ+uQ@mail.gmail.com
Whe decoding a transactional logical message, logicalmsg_decode called
SnapBuildGetOrBuildSnapshot. But we may not have a consistent snapshot
yet at that point. We don't actually need the snapshot in this case
(during replay we'll have the snapshot from the transaction), so in
practice this is harmless. But in assert-enabled build this crashes.
Fixed by requesting the snapshot only in non-transactional case, where
we are guaranteed to have SNAPBUILD_CONSISTENT.
Backpatch to 11. The issue exists since 9.6.
Backpatch-through: 11
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/84d60912-6eab-9b84-5de3-41765a5449e8@enterprisedb.com
In ExecInitPartitionInfo(), the Assert when building the WITH CHECK
OPTION list for the new partition assumed that the command would be an
INSERT or UPDATE, but it can also be a MERGE. This can be triggered by
a MERGE into a partitioned table with RLS checks to enforce.
Fix, and back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWWFtQmW67F3XTyMU5Am10Oxa_b8oe0x%2BNu5Mo%2BCdRErg%40mail.gmail.com
This ensures that the row count in the command tag for a MERGE is
correctly computed. Previously, if MERGE updated a partitioned table,
the row count would be incorrect if any row was moved to a different
partition, since such updates were counted twice.
Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWRMG7XX2QEsVL1LswmNo2d_YG8tKTLkpD3=Lp644S7rg@mail.gmail.com
SQL:2023 defines an ANY_VALUE aggregate whose purpose is to emit an
implementation-dependent (i.e. non-deterministic) value from the
aggregated rows.
Author: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5cff866c-10a8-d2df-32cb-e9072e6b04a2@postgresfriends.org
WAL_LOG does a scan of the template's pg_class to determine the set of
relations that need to be copied from a template database to the new
one. However, as coded in 9c08aea, this copy strategy would load the
pages of pg_class without considering it as a permanent relation,
causing the loaded pages to never be flushed when they should. Any
modification of the template's pg_class, mostly through DDLs, would then
be missed, causing corruptions.
STRATEGY = WAL_LOG is the default over FILE_COPY since it has been
introduced, so any changes done to pg_class on a database template would
be gone. Updates of database templates should be a rare thing, so the
impact of this bug should be hopefully limited. The pre-14 default
strategy FILE_COPY is safe, and can be used as a workaround.
Ryo Matsumura has found and analyzed the issue, and Nathan has written a
test able to reproduce the failure (with few tweaks from me).
Backpatch down to 15, where STRATEGY = WAL_LOG has been introduced.
Author: Nathan Bossart, Ryo Matsumura
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYCPR01MB6868677E499C9AD5123084B5E8A39@TYCPR01MB6868.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Backpatch-through: 15
If asked to decrease the size of a large (>8K) palloc chunk,
AllocSetRealloc could improperly change the Valgrind state of memory
beyond the new end of the chunk: it would mark data UNDEFINED as far
as the old end of the chunk after having done the realloc(3) call,
thus tromping on the state of memory that no longer belongs to it.
One would normally expect that memory to now be marked NOACCESS,
so that this mislabeling might prevent detection of later errors.
If realloc() had chosen to move the chunk someplace else (unlikely,
but well within its rights) we could also mismark perfectly-valid
DEFINED data as UNDEFINED, causing false-positive valgrind reports
later. Also, any malloc bookkeeping data placed within this area
might now be wrongly marked, causing additional problems.
Fix by replacing relevant uses of "oldsize" with "Min(size, oldsize)".
It's sufficient to mark as far as "size" when that's smaller, because
whatever remains in the new chunk size will be marked NOACCESS below,
and we expect realloc() to have taken care of marking the memory
beyond the new official end of the chunk.
While we're here, also rename the function's "oldsize" variable
to "oldchksize" to more clearly explain what it actually holds,
namely the distance to the end of the chunk (that is, requested size
plus trailing padding). This is more consistent with the use of
"size" and "chksize" to hold the new requested size and chunk size.
Add a new variable "oldsize" in the one stanza where we're actually
talking about the old requested size.
Oversight in commit c477f3e44. Back-patch to all supported branches,
as that was, just in case anybody wants to do valgrind testing on back
branches.
Karina Litskevich
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACiT8iaAET-fmzjjZLjaJC4zwSJmrFyL7LAdHwaYyjjQOQ4hcg@mail.gmail.com
Commits 04cad8f7 and 0c088568 supported old macOS systems that didn't
define O_CLOEXEC or O_DSYNC yet, but those arrived in macOS releases
10.7 and 10.6 (respectively), which themselves reached EOL around a
decade ago. We've already made use of other POSIX features that early
macOS vintages can't compile (for example commits 623cc673, d2e15083).
A later commit will use O_CLOEXEC on POSIX systems so it would be
strange to pretend here that it's optional, and we might as well give
O_DSYNC the same treatment since the reference is also guarded by a test
for a macOS-specific macro, and we know that current Macs have it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKb6FsAdQWcRL35KJsftv%2B9zXqQbzwkfRf1i0J2e57%2BhQ%40mail.gmail.com
Failing to do so results in an error when a pgbench script tries to
start a serializable transaction inside a pipeline, because by the time
BEGIN ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE is executed, we're already in a
transaction that has acquired a snapshot, so the server rightfully
complains.
We can work around that by preparing all commands in the pipeline before
actually starting the pipeline. This changes the existing code in two
aspects: first, we now prepare each command individually at the point
where that command is about to be executed; previously, we would prepare
all commands in a script as soon as the first command of that script
would be executed. It's hard to see that this would make much of a
difference (particularly since it only affects the first time to execute
each script in a client), but I didn't actually try to measure it.
Secondly, we no longer use PQsendPrepare() in pipeline mode, but only
PQprepare. There's no specific reason for this change other than no
longer needing to do differently in pipeline mode. (Previously we had
no choice, because in pipeline mode PQprepare could not be used.)
Backpatch to 14, where pgbench got support for pipeline mode.
Reported-by: Yugo NAGATA <nagata@sraoss.co.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210716153013.fc53b1c780b06fccc07a7f0d@sraoss.co.jp
Historically we've accepted interval input like 'P.1e10D'. This
is probably an accident of having used strtod() to do the parsing,
rather than something anyone intended, but it's been that way for
a long time. Commit e39f99046 broke this by trying to parse the
integer and fractional parts separately, without accounting for
the possibility of an exponent. In principle that coding allowed
for precise conversions of field values wider than 15 decimal
digits, but that does not seem like a goal worth sweating bullets
for. So, rather than trying to manage an exponent on top of the
existing complexity, let's just revert to the previous coding that
used strtod() by itself. We can still improve on the old code to
the extent of allowing the value to range up to 1.0e15 rather than
only INT_MAX. (Allowing more than that risks creating problems
due to precision loss: the converted fractional part might have
absolute value more than 1. Perhaps that could be dealt with in
some way, but it really does not seem worth additional effort.)
Per bug #17795 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v15 where
the faulty code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17795-748d6db3ed95d313@postgresql.org
This was not something that required consideration before MERGE
was invented; but MERGE builds a join tree that left-joins to the
result relation, meaning that remove_useless_joins will consider
removing it. That should generally be stopped by the query's use
of output variables from the result relation. However, if the
result relation is inherited (e.g. a partitioned table) then
we don't add any row identity variables to the query until
expand_inherited_rtentry, which happens after join removal.
This was exposed as of commit 3c569049b, which made it possible
to deduce that a partitioned table could contain at most one row
matching a join key, enabling removal of the not-yet-expanded
result relation. Ooops.
To fix, let's just teach join_is_removable that the query result
rel is never removable. It's a cheap enough test in any case,
and it'll save some cycles that we'd otherwise expend in proving
that it's not removable, even in the cases we got right.
Back-patch to v15 where MERGE was added. Although I think the
case cannot be reached in v15, this seems like cheap insurance.
Per investigation of a report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36bee393-b351-16ac-93b2-d46d83637e45@gmail.com
For no clearly good reason, make_modifytable assumed that it
could not reach its get-the-FDW-info-the-hard-way path in MERGE.
It's currently possible to demonstrate that assertion failing,
which seems to be due to an upstream planner bug; but there's no
good reason to do it like this at all. Let's apply the principle
of separation of concerns and make the MERGE check separately,
after getting or not getting the fdwroutine pointer.
Per report from Alexander Lakhin. No test case, since I think
the potential test condition will go away soon.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36bee393-b351-16ac-93b2-d46d83637e45@gmail.com
The RelOptInfo->userid field (the user ID to check permissions as) of an
"otherrel" relation was being copied from its parent relation, which is
correct in most cases but wrong when the parent is a subquery. In that
case, using the value from the RTEPermissionInfo of the child itself is
the appropriate thing to do.
Coming up with a test case where user-visible behavior changes proves
hard enough, so we don't add one here.
Bug introduced by a61b1f7482, discovered by Amit while reviewing
nearby code.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE0WY_AhLnGtTsY7eYebG212XWbM-D8gr2A_ToOHyCywQ@mail.gmail.com
In generate_orderedappend_paths(), when match_partition_order_desc was
true, we would lcons() items to various lists in a loop over each live
partition. When the number of live partitions was large, the lcons()
could show up in profiles due to it having to perform memmove() to make
way for the new list item.
Here we adjust things so that we just perform the loop over the live
partitions backwards when match_partition_order_desc is true. This allows
us to simplify the logic in the loop. Now, as far as the guts of the loop
knows, there's no difference between match_partition_order and
match_partition_order_desc. We can just set match_partition_order to true
so that we build the correct list of paths for the asc and desc case. Per
idea from Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230217002351.nyt4y5tdzg6hugdt@awork3.anarazel.de
To allow testing for general support for fast bitscan intrinsics,
add symbols HAVE_BITSCAN_REVERSE and HAVE_BITSCAN_FORWARD.
Also do related cleanup in AllocSetFreeIndex(): Previously, we
tested for HAVE__BUILTIN_CLZ and copied the relevant internals of
pg_leftmost_one_pos32(), with a special fallback that does less
work than the general fallback for that function. Now that we have
a more general test, we just call pg_leftmost_one_pos32() directly
for platforms with intrinsic support. On gcc at least, there is no
difference in the binary for non-assert builds.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsEPc%2BFnX_0vmmQ5DHv60sk4rL_RZJ%2BMD6ei%3D76L0kFMvA%40mail.gmail.com
The setting of the process title could be seen on profiles of very
fast-to-execute queries. In many locations where we call
set_ps_display() we pass along a string constant, the length of which is
known during compilation. Here we effectively rename set_ps_display() to
set_ps_display_with_len() and then add a static inline function named
set_ps_display() which calls strlen() on the given string. This allows
the compiler to optimize away the strlen() call when dealing with
call sites passing a string constant. We can then also use memcpy()
instead of strlcpy() to copy the string into the destination buffer.
That's significantly faster than strlcpy's byte-at-a-time way of
copying.
Here we also take measures to improve some code which was adjusting the
process title to add a " waiting" suffix to it. Call sites which require
this can now just call set_ps_display_suffix() to add or adjust the suffix
and call set_ps_display_remove_suffix() to remove it again.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvocBvvk-0gWNA2Gohe+sv9fMcv+fK_G+siBKJrgDG4O7g@mail.gmail.com
When evaluating clauses on multiple scan keys of a multi-column BRIN
index, we can stop processing as soon as we find a scan key eliminating
the range, and the range should not be added to tbe bitmap.
That's how it worked before 14, but since a681e3c107 the code treated
the range as matching if it matched at least the last scan key.
Backpatch to 14, where this code was introduced.
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ebc18613-125e-60df-7520-fcbe0f9274fc%40enterprisedb.com
ruleutils.c blindly printed the user-given alias (or nothing if there
hadn't been one) for the target table of INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE queries.
That works a large percentage of the time, but not always: for queries
appearing in WITH, it's possible that we chose a different alias to
avoid conflict with outer-scope names. Since the chosen alias would
be used in any Var references to the target table, this'd lead to an
inconsistent printout with consequences such as dump/restore failures.
The correct logic for printing (or not) a relation alias was embedded
in get_from_clause_item. Factor it out to a separate function so that
we don't need a jointree node to use it. (Only a limited part of that
function can be reached from these new call sites, but this seems like
the cleanest non-duplicative factorization.)
In passing, I got rid of a redundant "\d+ rules_src" step in rules.sql.
Initial report from Jonathan Katz; thanks to Vignesh C for analysis.
This has been broken for a long time, so back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e947fa21-24b2-f922-375a-d4f763ef3e4b@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1MMntjmT_NJGp-Z=xbF02qHGAyuSHfYHias3TqQbPF2w@mail.gmail.com
A new callback named startup_cb, called shortly after a module is
loaded, is added. This makes possible the initialization of any
additional state data required by a module. This initial state data can
be saved in a ArchiveModuleState, that is now passed down to all the
callbacks that can be defined in a module. With this design, it is
possible to have a per-module state, aimed at opening the door to the
support of more than one archive module.
The initialization of the callbacks is changed so as
_PG_archive_module_init() does not anymore give in input a
ArchiveModuleCallbacks that a module has to fill in with callback
definitions. Instead, a module now needs to return a const
ArchiveModuleCallbacks.
All the structure and callback definitions of archive modules are moved
into their own header, named archive_module.h, from pgarch.h.
Command-based archiving follows the same line, with a new set of files
named shell_archive.{c,h}.
There are a few more items that are under discussion to improve the
design of archive modules, like the fact that basic_archive calls
sigsetjmp() by itself to define its own error handling flow. These will
be adjusted later, the changes done here cover already a good portion
of what has been discussed.
Any modules created for v15 will need to be adjusted to this new
design.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230130194810.6fztfgbn32e7qarj@awork3.anarazel.de
In commit 8bf6ec3ba, I mistakenly supposed that MergeAttributes'
loop over saved_schema was reprocessing column definitions that
had already been checked earlier: there is a variant syntax for
creating a child partition in which that's not true. So we need
to duplicate the full check appearing further up.
(Actually, I believe that the "if (restdef->identity)" part is
not reachable, because we reject identity on partitions earlier.
But it seems wise to keep the check, in case that's ever relaxed,
and to keep this code in sync with the other instance.)
Per report from Alexander Lakhin.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4a8200ca-8378-653e-38ed-b2e1f1611aa6@gmail.com
d9d7fe68d3 made use of an existing wait event when sending data from the
apply worker, but we should have invented a new wait event since this is a
new place to wait.
This patch corrects the mistake by using a new wait event
"LogicalApplySendData".
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobWzbr9H3yN3dLVckviEZKemPwd+XyCFKEgyZQZhgP66Q@mail.gmail.com
Support for regexps in database and role entries for pg_hba.conf has
been added in 8fea8683, and efb6f4a has extended support of pg-user in
pg_ident.conf, still both of them have missed a short description about
the new patterns supported in their respective sample files.
This commit closes the gap, by providing a short description of all the
new features supported for each entry type.
Reported-by: Pavel Luzanov
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema, Pavel Luzanov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e495112d-8741-e651-64a2-ecb5728f1a56@postgrespro.ru
On MERGE / WHEN MATCHED DELETE it's not possible to get cross-partition
updates, so we don't initialize cpUpdateRetrySlot; however, the code was
not careful to ignore the value in that case. Make it do so.
Backpatch to 15.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17792-0f89452029662c36@postgresql.org
force_parallel_mode is meant to be used to allow us to exercise the
parallel query infrastructure to ensure that it's working as we expect.
It seems some users think this GUC is for forcing the query planner into
picking a parallel plan regardless of the costs. A quick look at the
documentation would have made them realize that they were wrong, but the
GUC is likely too conveniently named which, evidently, seems to often
result in users expecting that it forces the planner into usefully
parallelizing queries.
Here we rename the GUC to something which casual users are less likely to
mistakenly think is what they need to make their query run more quickly.
For now, the old name can still be used. We'll revisit if the old name
mapping can be removed once the buildfarm configs are all updated.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrsOi92_uA7PEaHZMH-S4Xv+MGhQWA+GrP8b1kjpS1HjQ@mail.gmail.com
OpenSSL 1.1.1 and newer versions have added support for RSA-PSS
certificates, which requires the use of a specific routine in OpenSSL to
determine which hash function to use when compiling it when using
channel binding in SCRAM-SHA-256. X509_get_signature_nid(), that is the
original routine the channel binding code has relied on, is not able to
determine which hash algorithm to use for such certificates. However,
X509_get_signature_info(), new to OpenSSL 1.1.1, is able to do it. This
commit switches the channel binding logic to rely on
X509_get_signature_info() over X509_get_signature_nid(), which would be
the choice when building with 1.1.1 or newer.
The error could have been triggered on the client or the server, hence
libpq and the backend need to have their related code paths patched.
Note that attempting to load an RSA-PSS certificate with OpenSSL 1.1.0
or older leads to a failure due to an unsupported algorithm.
The discovery of relying on X509_get_signature_info() comes from Jacob,
the tests have been written by Heikki (with few tweaks from me), while I
have bundled the whole together while adding the bits needed for MSVC
and meson.
This issue exists since channel binding exists, so backpatch all the way
down. Some tests are added in 15~, triggered if compiling with OpenSSL
1.1.1 or newer, where the certificate and key files can easily be
generated for RSA-PSS.
Reported-by: Gunnar "Nick" Bluth
Author: Jacob Champion, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17760-b6c61e752ec07060@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
Previously make_etags always ran make_ctags -e when make_etags was
executed. However, because non-Exuberant ctags on Mac does not
support -e option (and also on other platforms including old Linux),
ctags failed. To avoid the failure change make_ctags so that if
non-Exuberant ctags is used and ctags -e option is requested, run
etags command instead. If etags command does not exist, make_ctags
will fail.
Also refactor make_ctags and tweak make_etags to emit proper usage
message.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Tatsuo Ishii
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/369c13b9-8b0f-d6f9-58fc-61258ec8f713%40oss.nttdata.com
In commit b78f6264e I opined that it was "too risky" to delete a
relation's RelOptInfo from the planner's data structures when we have
realized that we don't need to join to it; so instead we just marked
it as a dead relation. In hindsight that judgment seems flawed: any
subsequent access to such a dead relation is arguably a bug in
itself, so leaving the RelOptInfo present just helps to mask bugs.
Let's delete it instead, allowing removal of the whole notion of a
"dead relation". So far as the regression tests can find, this
requires no other code changes, except for one Assert in equivclass.c
that was very dubiously not complaining about access to a dead rel.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/229905.1676062220@sss.pgh.pa.us
Late in the development of commit 2489d76c4, I (tgl) incorrectly
concluded that the new function have_unsafe_outer_join_ref couldn't
ever reach its inner loop. That should be the case if the inner
rel's parameterization is based on just one Var, but it could be
based on Vars from several relations, and then not only is the
inner loop reachable but it's wrongly coded.
Despite those errors, it still appears that the whole thing is
redundant given previous join_is_legal checks, so let's arrange
to only run it in assert-enabled builds.
Diagnosis and patch by Richard Guo, per fuzz testing by Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230212235823.GW1653@telsasoft.com
Now that we have the sources for pg_bsd_indent in our code base these
are redundant.
It is now required to provide a list of files or directories to pgindent,
either by using --commit or on the command line. The equivalent of
previously running pgindent with no parameters is now `pgindent .`
Some extra checks are also added. duplicate files in the file list are
skipped, and there is a warning if no files are specified.
If the --commit option is used, the script now chdir's to the source
root, as git always reports files relative to that. (Fixes a gripe from
Justin Pryzby)
Reviewed by Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/842819.1676219054@sss.pgh.pa.us
In commit ad89a5d115, we added an unhelpful 'ON' that doesn't match
the input syntax. This was discovered while adding code to support for
DDL in logical replication.
No backpatch because of the change of behavior, however improbable it
may be that somebody is depending on this.
Author: Zheng Li <zhengli10@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAD30UKg8rXeGM8Oy_MAmxKBL_K5DiHXdeNF=hUefcu1C_6VfQ@mail.gmail.com
The logic in this area was recently changed in 7da51590e, however, in that
commit, I neglected to consider that the conditions in which we should
pfree the old Datum needed to be updated after that change. This could
result in trying to pfree a NULL value, as was demonstrated by Alexander
Lakhin.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4103db46-d888-6d1d-e88d-87c21ed99472@gmail.com
Here we fix a faulty "if" condition which failed to correctly handle two
or more consecutive NULL transition values when checking if the new value
is DISTINCT from the old value for presorted aggregates. Given a suitably
non-strict aggregate transition function, a byref aggregate could cause a
crash due to calling the type's equality function and passing along a
(Datum) 0 value to test for equality, the equality function would then try
to dereference that 0 Datum and segfault. For byval types, there'd have
been no crash and the equality function would have seen that the two 0
Datums matched, which (only by chance) meant the calling code would have
worked correctly.
Here we ensure that we only call the equality function when neither of
the input values are NULL.
This code is all new as of 1349d2790, so no backpatch needed.
Reported-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/860c6d6f-a3c5-3ae9-9da2-827177bede06@oss.nttdata.com
When an aggregate function is used as a WindowFunc and a tuple transitions
out of the window frame, we ordinarily try to make use of the aggregate
function's inverse transition function to "unaggregate" the exiting tuple.
This optimization is disabled for various cases, including when the
aggregate contains a volatile function. In such a case we'd be unable to
ensure that the transition value was calculated to the same value during
transitions and inverse transitions. Unfortunately, we did this check by
calling contain_volatile_functions() which does not recursively search
SubPlans for volatile functions. If the aggregate function's arguments or
its FILTER clause contained a subplan with volatile functions then we'd
fail to notice this.
Here we fix this by just disabling the optimization when the WindowFunc
contains any subplans. Volatile functions are not the only reason that a
subplan may have nonrepeatable results.
Bug: #17777
Reported-by: Anban Company
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17777-860b739b6efde977%40postgresql.org
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Backpatch-through: 11
This commit removes most of the Plan and Path nodes, which should never
be included in the query jumbling because we ignore these in Query
nodes. This is facilitated by making no_query_jumble an inherited
attribute, like no_copy, no_equal and no_read when the supertype of a
node is found as marked with that.
RawStmt is not used in parsed queries, so it can be removed from the
query jumbling. A couple of nodes defined in pathnodes.h, plannodes.h
and primnodes.h with NodeTag as supertype need to be marked
individually.
Forcing the execution of the query jumbling code with compute_query_id =
auto while pg_stat_statements is loaded brings the code coverage of
queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c to 95.6%.
The core code does not yet include a way to enforce the execution in
query jumbling except in pg_stat_statements, so the numbers I am
mentioning above will not reflect on the default coverage report with
just what is done in this commit.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3344827.1675809127@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit e39f99046 moved some code up closer to the start of
DecodeInterval(), without noticing that it had been implicitly
relying on previous checks to reject the case of empty input.
Given empty input, we'd now dereference a pointer that hadn't been
set, possibly leading to a core dump. (But if we fail to provoke
a SIGSEGV, nothing bad happens, and the expected syntax error is
thrown a bit later.)
Per bug #17788 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v15 where
the fault was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17788-dabac9f98f7eafd5@postgresql.org
Update the Makefile and build directions for in-tree build,
and add Meson build infrastructure. Also convert the ad-hoc
test target into a TAP test.
Currently, the Make build system will not build pg_bsd_indent
by default, while the Meson system will. Both will test it
during "make check-world" or "ninja test". Neither will install
it automatically. (We might change some of these decisions later.)
Also fix a few portability nits noted during early testing.
Also, exclude pg_bsd_indent from pgindent's purview; at least for
now, we'll leave it formatted similarly to the FreeBSD original.
Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3935719.1675967430@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200812223409.6di3y2qsnvynao7a@alap3.anarazel.de
An upcoming test needs to use a tablespace as part of its test. Historically,
we wanted tablespace creation be done in a dedicated file, so it's easy to
disable when testing replication. But that is not necessary anymore, due to
allow_in_place_tablespaces.
Create regress_tblspace tablespace in test_setup. Move the tablespace test to
the end of the parallel schedule, so other tests can use it.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
Builds on 28e626bde0 and f30d62c2fc. See the former for motivation.
Rows of the view show IO operations for a particular backend type, IO target
object, IO context combination (e.g. a client backend's operations on
permanent relations in shared buffers) and each column in the view is the
total number of IO Operations done (e.g. writes). So a cell in the view would
be, for example, the number of blocks of relation data written from shared
buffers by client backends since the last stats reset.
In anticipation of tracking WAL IO and non-block-oriented IO (such as
temporary file IO), the "op_bytes" column specifies the unit of the "reads",
"writes", and "extends" columns for a given row.
Rows for combinations of IO operation, backend type, target object and context
that never occur, are ommitted entirely. For example, checkpointer will never
operate on temporary relations.
Similarly, if an IO operation never occurs for such a combination, the IO
operation's cell will be null, to distinguish from 0 observed IO
operations. For example, bgwriter should not perform reads.
Note that some of the cells in the view are redundant with fields in
pg_stat_bgwriter (e.g. buffers_backend). For now, these have been kept for
backwards compatibility.
Bumps catversion.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Samay Sharma <smilingsamay@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maciek Sakrejda <m.sakrejda@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Fittl <lukas@fittl.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
analyzejoins.c took care to clean out removed relids from the
clause_relids and required_relids of RestrictInfos associated with
the doomed rel ... but it paid no attention to the fact that if such a
RestrictInfo contains an OR clause, there will be sub-RestrictInfos
containing similar fields.
I'm more than a bit surprised that this oversight hasn't caused
visible problems before. In any case, it's certainly broken now,
so add logic to clean out the sub-RestrictInfos recursively.
We might need to back-patch this someday.
Per bug #17786 from Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17786-f1ea7fbdab97daec@postgresql.org
One of the add_nulling_relids calls in deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals
added an OJ relid to too few Vars, while the other added it to too
many. We should consider the syntactic structure not
min_left/righthand while deciding which Vars to decorate, and when
considering pushing up a lower outer join pursuant to transforming the
second form of OJ identity 3 to the first form, we only want to
decorate Vars coming from its LHS.
In a related bug, I realized that make_outerjoininfo was failing to
check a very basic property that's needed to apply OJ identity 3:
the syntactically-upper outer join clause can't refer to the lower
join's LHS. This didn't break the join order restriction logic,
but it led to setting bogus commute_xxx bits, possibly resulting
in bogus nullingrel markings in modified quals.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs497CmBruMx1SOjepWEz+T5NWa4scqbdE9v7ZzSXqH_gQw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAx9C5gXNBfEA0JBfz7B+5f1Bawt-RWQWyhev-wdps8BZA@mail.gmail.com
Commit 28e626bde0 introduced the infrastructure for tracking more detailed IO
statistics. This commit adds the actual collection of the new IO statistics
for relations and temporary relations. See aforementioned commit for goals and
high-level design.
The changes in this commit are fairly straight-forward. The bulk of the change
is to passing sufficient information to the callsites of pgstat_count_io_op().
A somewhat unsightly detail is that it currently is hard to find a better
place to count fsyncs than in md.c, whereas the other pgstat_count_io_op()
calls are in bufmgr.c/localbuf.c. As the number of fsyncs is tied to md.c
implementation details, it's not obvious there is a better answer.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
This commit adds the infrastructure for more detailed IO statistics. The calls
to actually count IOs, a system view to access the new statistics,
documentation and tests will be added in subsequent commits, to make review
easier.
While we already had some IO statistics, e.g. in pg_stat_bgwriter and
pg_stat_database, they did not provide sufficient detail to understand what
the main sources of IO are, or whether configuration changes could avoid
IO. E.g., pg_stat_bgwriter.buffers_backend does contain the number of buffers
written out by a backend, but as that includes extending relations (always
done by backends) and writes triggered by the use of buffer access strategies,
it cannot easily be used to tune background writer or checkpointer. Similarly,
pg_stat_database.blks_read cannot easily be used to tune shared_buffers /
compute a cache hit ratio, as the use of buffer access strategies will often
prevent a large fraction of the read blocks to end up in shared_buffers.
The new IO statistics count IO operations (evict, extend, fsync, read, reuse,
and write), and are aggregated for each combination of backend type (backend,
autovacuum worker, bgwriter, etc), target object of the IO (relations, temp
relations) and context of the IO (normal, vacuum, bulkread, bulkwrite).
What is tracked in this series of patches, is sufficient to perform the
aforementioned analyses. Further details, e.g. tracking the number of buffer
hits, would make that even easier, but was left out for now, to keep the scope
of the already large patchset manageable.
Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
While removing the use of SHM_QUEUE from predicate.c, in 9600371764, I made
two mistakes in GetSafeSnapshotBlockingPids():
- Removed the check for output_size
- Previously, when the first loop didn't find a matching proc, sxact would be
NULL. But with naive use of dlist_foreach() it ends up as the value of the
last iteration.
The second issue is the cause of occasional failures in the deadlock-hard and
deadlock-soft isolation tests that we have been observing on CI. The issue was
very hard to reproduce, as it requires the transactions.sql regression test to
run at the same time as the deadlock-{hard,soft} isolation test.
I did not find other similar mistakes in 9600371764.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230208221145.bwzhancellclrgia@awork3.anarazel.de
A new --commit option will add all the files in a commit to the file
list. The option can be specified more than once.
Also, if a directory is given on the command line, all the files in that
directory tree will be added to the file list.
Per suggestions from Robert Haas
Reviewed by Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY59Ksso81RNLArNxj0a7xaqV_F_u7gSMHbgdc2kG5Vpw@mail.gmail.com
The code I added in fee7b77b9 could misbehave if commute_above_r
contains multiple relids. While adding too many relids here is
probably harmless (pre-fee7b77b9, we did it all the time), it's
not very expensive to be accurate: we just have to intersect
commute_above_r with the join's relids.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17781-c0405c8b3cd5e072@postgresql.org
No GUCs that use NO_SHOW_ALL are reported in pg_show_all_settings(),
hence trying to check combinations of flags related to it is pointless.
These queries have been introduced by d10e41d, so backpatch down to 15
to keep all the branches consistent. Equivalent checks based on
NO_SHOW_ALL could be added in check_GUC_init() when a GUC is initially
loaded, but this can be done only on HEAD.
Author: Nitin Jadhav
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWaYe0muu3ABo7iSAgK+OWDS9yNe8GGRYnCyeEpScYKa+g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
The DDLs like Refresh Materialized views that generate lots of temporary
data due to rewrite rules may not be processed by output plugins (for
example pgoutput). So, we won't send keep-alive messages for a long time
while processing such commands and that can lead the subscriber side to
timeout. We have previously fixed a similar case for large transactions in
commit f95d53eded where the output plugin filters all or most of the
changes but missed to handle the DDLs.
We decided not to backpatch this as this adds a new callback in the
existing exposed structure and moreover, users can increase the
wal_sender_timeout and wal_receiver_timeout to avoid this problem.
Author: Wang wei, Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Ashutosh Bapat, Shi yu, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS3PR01MB6275478E5D29E4A563302D3D9E2B9@OS3PR01MB6275.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA5-nLARN7-3SLU_QUxfy510pmrYK6JJb=bk3hcgemAM_pAv+w@mail.gmail.com
The logic for when to add the current outer join's own relid
to the nullingrels sets of output Vars and PHVs was overly
complicated and underly correct. Not sure why I didn't think
of this before, but since what we want is marking per the
syntactic structure, we can just consult our records about
the syntactic structure, ie syn_righthand/syn_lefthand.
Also, tighten the rule about when to add the commute_above_r
bits, in hopes of eliminating some squishy reasoning. I do not
know of a reason to think that that's broken as-is, but this way
seems better.
Per bug #17781 from Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17781-c0405c8b3cd5e072@postgresql.org
Commit c3382a3c3, which moved the implementation of PG_TEST_EXTRA
from src/test/Makefile into individual test scripts, broke the
directions given in the subdirectory README files about how to run
these tests by hand. Update. Also mention wal_consistency_checking
in recovery/README --- that omission isn't the fault of c3382a3c3,
but it's still an omission.
Currently, we reuse WAIT_EVENT_LOGICAL_PARALLEL_APPLY_STATE_CHANGE in the
apply worker while sending data to the parallel apply worker via a shared
memory queue. This is not appropriate as one won't be able to distinguish
whether the worker is waiting for sending data or for the state change.
To patch instead uses the wait event WAIT_EVENT_MQ_SEND which has been
already used in blocking mode while sending data via a shared memory
queue.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57161C680B22E4C591628EE994DA9@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Here we further simplify the code in heapgettup() and
heapgettup_pagemode() to make better use of the helper functions added in
the previous recent refactors in this area.
In passing, remove an unneeded cast added in 8ca6d49f6.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_YSOnhKsDyFcqJsKtBSrd32DP-jjXmv7hL0BPD-z0TGXQ@mail.gmail.com
Like the implementation for node copy, write and read, this node
requires a custom implementation so as the query jumbling is able to
consider the correct value assigned to it, depending on its type (int,
float, bool, string, bitstring).
Based on a dump of pg_stat_statements from the regression database, this
would confuse the query jumbling of the following queries:
- SET.
- COPY TO with SELECT queries.
- START TRANSACTION with different isolation levels.
- ALTER TABLE with default expressions.
- CREATE TABLE with partition bounds.
Note that there may be a long-term argument in tracking the location of
such nodes so as query strings holding such nodes could be normalized,
but this is left as a separate discussion.
Oversight in 3db72eb.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y9+HuYslMAP6yyPb@paquier.xyz
The existing comments in load_relcache_init_file() were not flexible
when new entries were added at the end, so they ended up a bit wrong.
Simplify the comments to avoid this issue.
The portion of join_is_removable() that checks PlaceHolderVars
can be made a little more accurate and intelligible than it was.
The key point is that we can allow join removal even if a PHV
mentions the target rel in ph_eval_at, if that mention was only
added as a consequence of forcing the PHV up to a join level
that's at/above the outer join we're trying to get rid of.
We can check that by testing for the OJ's relid appearing in
ph_eval_at, indicating that it's supposed to be evaluated after
the outer join, plus the existing test that the contained
expression doesn't actually mention the target rel.
While here, add an explicit check that there'll be something left
in ph_eval_at after we remove the target rel and OJ relid. There
is an Assert later on about that, and I'm not too sure that the
case could happen for a PHV satisfying the other constraints,
but let's just check. (There was previously a bms_is_subset test
that meant to cover this risk, but it's broken now because it
doesn't account for the fact that we'll also remove the OJ relid.)
The real reason for revisiting this code though is that the
Assert I left behind in 8538519db turns out to be easily
reachable, because if a PHV of this sort appears in an upper-level
qual clause then that clause's clause_relids will include the
PHV's ph_eval_at relids. This is a mirage though: we have or soon
will remove these relids from the PHV's ph_eval_at, and therefore
they no longer belong in qual clauses' clause_relids either.
Remove that Assert in join_is_removable, and replace the similar
one in remove_rel_from_query with code to remove the deleted relids
from clause_relids.
Per bug #17773 from Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17773-a592e6cedbc7bac5@postgresql.org
In standby mode, we don't actually report progress of recovery,
but up until now, startup_progress_timeout_handler() nevertheless
got called every log_startup_progress_interval seconds. That's
an unnecessary expense, so avoid it.
Report by Thomas Munro. Patch by Bharath Rupireddy, reviewed by
Simon Riggs, Thomas Munro, and me. Back-patch to v15, where
the problem was introduced.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGKCHSffAj8zZJKJvNX7ygnQFxVD6wm1d-2j3fVw%2BMafPQ%40mail.gmail.com
This extends the work begun by a73952b, with the addition of a GUC check
for flag combinations in check_GUC_init(), making sure that anything
defined with GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL also includes GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE, as first
step. There has never been any GUCs of this kind in the core code, and
this combination makes little sense as a parameter marked as not fit for
SHOW ALL should not be hidden in postgresql.conf.sample.
Note that GUCs marked with GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL are not listed under
pg_settings or SHOW ALL (still they can be queried individually), making
them unfit for checks via SQL queries in the regression tests that do a
full scan of the parameters available. The SQL tests are still a bit
incorrect about that, and will be cleaned up in a separate commit. We
have also discussed the possibility to extend the SQL functions for GUCs
so as they could show more information about parameters defined with
GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL, though it has been concluded that this is not worth the
extra complication in the long run, an enforced policy at initialization
time being enough to do the same job.
Per discussion with Nitin Jadhav and Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWaYe0muu3ABo7iSAgK+OWDS9yNe8GGRYnCyeEpScYKa+g@mail.gmail.com
This adds a new option to pg_verifybackup called -P/--progress, showing
every second some information about the progress of the checksum
verification based on the data of a backup manifest.
Similarly to what is done for pg_rewind and pg_basebackup, the
information printed in the progress report consists of the current
amount of data computed and the total amount of data that will be
computed. Note that files found with an incorrect size do not have
their checksum verified, hence their size is not appended to the total
amount of data estimated during the first scan of the manifest data
(such incorrect sizes could be overly high, for one, falsifying the
progress report).
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoC5+JOgMd4o3z_oxw0f8JDSsCYY7zSbhe-O9x7f33rw_A@mail.gmail.com
pqsecure_open_gss() includes a code path handling error messages with
v2-style protocol messages coming from the server. The client-side
buffer holding the error message does not force a NULL-termination, with
the data of the server getting copied to the errorMessage of the
connection. Hence, it would be possible for a server to send an
unterminated string and copy arbitrary bytes in the buffer receiving the
error message in the client, opening the door to a crash or even data
exposure.
As at this stage of the authentication process the exchange has not been
completed yet, this could be abused by an attacker without Kerberos
credentials. Clients that have a valid kerberos cache are vulnerable as
libpq opportunistically requests for it except if gssencmode is
disabled.
Author: Jacob Champion
Backpatch-through: 12
Security: CVE-2022-41862
This reverts commits 24c35ec and 57169ad. PreRestoreCommand() and
PostRestoreCommand() need to be put closer to the system() call calling
a restore_command, as they enable in_restore_command for the startup
process which would in turn trigger an immediate proc_exit() in the
SIGTERM handler. Perhaps we could get rid of this behavior entirely,
but 24c35ec has made the window where the flag is enabled much larger
than it was, and any Postgres-like actions (palloc, etc.) taken by code
paths while the flag is enabled could lead to more severe issues in the
shutdown processing.
Note that curculio has showed that there are much more problems in this
area, unrelated to this change, actually, hence the issues related to
that had better be addressed first. Keeping the code of HEAD in line
with the stable branches should make that a bit easier.
Per discussion with Andres Freund and Nathan Bossart.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y979NR3U5VnWrTwB@paquier.xyz
make_outerjoininfo was set up to update SpecialJoinInfo's
commute_below, commute_above_l, commute_above_r fields as soon as
it found a pair of outer joins that look like they can commute.
However, this decision could be negated later in the same loop due
to finding an intermediate outer join that prevents commutation.
That left us with commute_xxx fields that were contradictory to the
join order restrictions expressed in min_lefthand/min_righthand.
The latter fields would keep us from actually choosing a bad join
order; but the inconsistent commute_xxx fields could bollix details
such as the varnullingrels values created for intermediate join
relation targetlists, ending in an assertion failure in setrefs.c.
To fix, wait till the end of make_outerjoininfo where we have
accurate values for min_lefthand/min_righthand, and then insert
only relids not present in those sets into the commute_xxx fields.
Per SQLSmith testing by Robins Tharakan. Note that while Robins
bisected the failure to commit b448f1c8d, it's really the fault of
2489d76c4. The outerjoin_delayed logic removed in the later commit
was keeping us from deciding that troublesome join pairs commute,
at least in the specific example seen here.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAyAORgE8K_RHSmvWbE9UaChhjbEL1RrDU3neePwwRUB=A@mail.gmail.com
deconstruct_distribute tweaks the outer join scope (ojscope)
it passes to distribute_qual_to_rels when considering an outer
join qual that's above potentially-commutable outer joins.
However, if the current join is *not* potentially commutable,
we shouldn't do that. The argument that distribute_qual_to_rels
will not do something wrong with the bogus ojscope falls flat
if we don't pass it non-null postponed_oj_qual_list. Moreover,
there's no need to play games in this case since we aren't going
to commute anything.
Per SQLSmith testing by Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAw74k4b-=93gmfCNX3MOY3y4uPxqbk_MnCVEpdsqHJVsg@mail.gmail.com
If we have a RestrictInfo that mentions both the removal-candidate
relation and the outer join's relid, then that is a pushed-down
condition not a join condition, so it should be grounds for deciding
that we can't remove the outer join. In commit 2489d76c4, I'd blindly
included the OJ's relid into "joinrelids" as per the new standard
convention, but the checks of attr_needed and ph_needed should only
allow the join's input rels to be mentioned.
Having done that, the check for references in pushed-down quals
a few lines further down should be redundant. I left it in place
as an Assert, though.
While researching this I happened across a couple of comments that
worried about the effects of update_placeholder_eval_levels.
That's gone as of b448f1c8d, so we can remove some worry.
Per bug #17769 from Robins Tharakan. The submitted test case
triggers this more or less accidentally because we flatten out
a LATERAL sub-select after we've done join strength reduction;
if we did that in the other order, this problem would be masked
because the outer join would get simplified to an inner join.
To ensure that the committed test case will continue to test
what it means to even if we make that happen someday, use a
test clause involving COALESCE(), which will prevent us from
using it to do join strength reduction.
Patch by me, but thanks to Richard Guo for initial investigation.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17769-e4f7a5c9d84a80a7@postgresql.org
After pulling up LATERAL subqueries, we may have qual clauses that
refer to relations outside their syntactic scope. Before doing any
such pullup, prepjointree.c checks to make sure that it wouldn't
create a semantically-invalid situation; but we leave it to
deconstruct_jointree() to actually move these quals up the join
tree to a place where they can be evaluated. In commit 2489d76c4,
I (tgl) refactored deconstruct_jointree() in a way that caused
assertion failures while moving such quals, because the new logic
failed to distinguish "this jointree node is a parent of the source
one" from "this jointree node is processed after the source
one in depth-first order".
Fix this, and at the same time reduce the overhead a bit, by
getting rid of the common PostponedQual list and instead making each
JoinTreeItem contain a list of quals that needed to be postponed to
its level. We can help distribute_qual_to_rels find the appropriate
JoinTreeItem efficiently by adding parent-item links to the
JoinTreeItem data structure. This ends up being the same number
of relid subset checks as the original (pre-bug) logic, but less
list manipulation is required during multi-level postponements.
Richard Guo and Tom Lane, per bug #17768 from Robins Tharakan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17768-5ac8730ece54478f@postgresql.org
This allows underscores to be used in integer and numeric literals,
and their corresponding type input functions, for visual grouping.
For example:
1_500_000_000
3.14159_26535_89793
0xffff_ffff
0b_1001_0001
A single underscore is allowed between any 2 digits, or immediately
after the base prefix indicator of non-decimal integers, per SQL:202x
draft.
Peter Eisentraut and Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/84aae844-dc55-a4be-86d9-4f0fa405cc97%40enterprisedb.com
The prior coding of int64_div_fast_to_numeric() had a number of bugs
that would cause it to fail under different circumstances, such as
with log10val2 <= 0, or log10val2 a multiple of 4, or in the "slow"
numeric path with log10val2 >= 10.
None of those could be triggered by any of our current code, which
only uses log10val2 = 3 or 6. However, they made it a hazard for any
future code that might use it. Also, since this is exported by
numeric.c, users writing their own C code might choose to use it.
Therefore fix, and back-patch to v14, where it was introduced.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCW8gXgW0tgPxPgHDPhVX71%2BSWFRkhnXy%2BTfGDsKLepu2g%40mail.gmail.com
To interlock against concurrent drops, we use to hold ExclusiveLock on
pg_replication_origin till xact commit. This blocks even concurrent drops
of different origins by tablesync workers. So, instead, lock the specific
origin to interlock against concurrent drops.
This reduces the test time variability in src/test/subscription where
multiple tables are being synced.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1412708.1674417574@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backward and forward scans share much of the same page acquisition code.
Here we consolidate that code to reduce some duplication.
Additionally, add a new rs_coffset field to HeapScanDescData to track the
offset of the current tuple. The new field fits nicely into the padding
between a bool and BlockNumber field and saves having to look at the last
returned tuple to figure out which offset we should be looking at for the
current tuple.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bvkhka0CZQun28KTqhuUh5ZqY=_T8QEqZqOL02rpi2bw@mail.gmail.com
In the 90s we needed to deal with computers that still had the
pre-standard signal masking APIs. That hasn't been relevant for a very
long time on Unix systems, and c94ae9d8 got rid of a remaining
dependency in our Windows porting code. PG_SETMASK didn't expose
save/restore functionality, so we'd already started using sigprocmask()
directly in places, creating the visual distraction of having two ways
to spell it. It's not part of the API that extensions are expected to
be using (but if they are, the change will be trivial). It seems like a
good time to drop the old macro and just call the standard POSIX
function.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BKfQgrhHP2DLTohX1WwubaCBHmTzGnAEDPZ-Gug-Xskg%40mail.gmail.com
Installing with plain cpan failed for me recently, as the archive it
searched has been purged of old releases. However, you can give cpanm a
complete URL to the exact version you want to install, so document using
that.
Improve the comment explaining the choice of rscale in numeric_sqrt(),
and ensure that the code works consistently when other values of
NBASE/DEC_DIGITS are used.
Note that, in practice, we always expect DEC_DIGITS == 4, and this
does not change the computation in that case.
Joel Jacobson and Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/06712c29-98e9-43b3-98da-f234d81c6e49%40app.fastmail.com
Extend the existing developer option 'logical_replication_mode' to help
test the parallel apply of large transactions on the subscriber.
When set to 'buffered', the leader sends changes to parallel apply workers
via a shared memory queue. When set to 'immediate', the leader serializes
all changes to files and notifies the parallel apply workers to read and
apply them at the end of the transaction.
This helps in adding tests to cover the serialization code path in
parallel streaming mode.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
As coded, the timeout given to WaitLatch() was always equal to
PGARCH_AUTOWAKE_INTERVAL, as time() was called two times repeatedly.
This simplification could have been done in d75288f.
While on it, this adjusts a comment in pgarch.c to describe the archiver
in a more neutral way.
Author: Sravan Kumar, Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+=NbjjqYE9-Lnw7H7DAiS5jebmoMikwZQb_sBP7kgBCn9q6Hg@mail.gmail.com
DST law changes in Greenland and Mexico. Notably, a new timezone
America/Ciudad_Juarez has been split off from America/Ojinaga.
Historical corrections for northern Canada, Colombia, and Singapore.
Here remove some dead code from heapgettup() and heapgettup_pagemode()
which was trying to support NoMovementScanDirection scans. This code can
never be reached as standard_ExecutorRun() never calls ExecutePlan with
NoMovementScanDirection.
Additionally, plans which were scanning an unordered index would use
NoMovementScanDirection rather than ForwardScanDirection. There was no
real need for this, so here we adjust this so we use ForwardScanDirection
for unordered index scans. A comment in pathnodes.h claimed that
NoMovementScanDirection was used for PathKey reasons, but if that was
true, it no longer is, per code in build_index_paths().
This does change the non-text format of the EXPLAIN output so that
unordered index scans now have a "Forward" scan direction rather than
"NoMovement". The text format of EXPLAIN has not changed.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bvkhka0CZQun28KTqhuUh5ZqY=_T8QEqZqOL02rpi2bw@mail.gmail.com
In commit 2489d76c4, I'd thought it'd be safe to assert that a
PlaceHolderVar appearing in a scan-level expression has empty
nullingrels. However this is not so, as when we determine that a
join relation is certainly empty we'll put its targetlist into a
Result-with-constant-false-qual node, and nothing is done to adjust
the nullingrels of the Vars or PHVs therein. (Arguably, a Result
used in this way isn't really a scan-level node, but it certainly
isn't an upper node either ...)
It's not clear this is worth any close analysis, so let's just
take out the faulty Assert.
Per report from Robins Tharakan. I added a test case based on
his example, just in case somebody tries to tighten this up.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEP4nAz7Enq3+DEthGG7j27DpuwSRZnW0Nh6jtNh75yErQ_nbA@mail.gmail.com
This commit changes the query jumbling code in queryjumblefuncs.c to be
generated automatically based on the information of the nodes in the
headers of src/include/nodes/ by using gen_node_support.pl. This
approach offers many advantages:
- Support for query jumbling for all the utility statements, based on the
state of their parsed Nodes and not only their query string. This will
greatly ease the switch to normalize the information of some DDLs, like
SET or CALL for example (this is left unchanged and should be part of a
separate discussion). With this feature, the number of entries stored
for utilities in pg_stat_statements is reduced (for example now
"CHECKPOINT" and "checkpoint" mean the same thing with the same query
ID).
- Documentation of query jumbling directly in the structure definition
of the nodes. Since this code has been introduced in pg_stat_statements
and then moved to code, the reasons behind the choices of what should be
included in the jumble are rather sparse. Note that some explanation is
added for the most relevant parts, as a start.
- Overall code reduction and more consistency with the other parts
generating read, write and copy depending on the nodes.
The query jumbling is controlled by a couple of new node attributes,
documented in nodes/nodes.h:
- custom_query_jumble, to mark a Node as having a custom
implementation.
- no_query_jumble, to ignore entirely a Node.
- query_jumble_ignore, to ignore a field in a Node.
- query_jumble_location, to mark a location in a Node, for
normalization. This can apply only to int fields, with "location" in
their name (only Const as of this commit).
There should be no compatibility impact on pg_stat_statements, as the
new code applies the jumbling to the same fields for each node (its
regression tests have no modification, for one).
Some benchmark of the query jumbling between HEAD and this commit for
SELECT and DMLs has proved that this new code does not cause a
performance regression, with computation times close for both methods.
For utility queries, the new method is slower than the previous method
of calculating a hash of the query string, though we are talking about
extra ns-level changes based on what I measured, which is unnoticeable
even for OLTP workloads as a query ID is calculated once per query
post-parse analysis.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y5BHOUhX3zTH/ig6@paquier.xyz
This test has been added as of 857ee8e that has introduced the SQL
function txid_status(), with the purpose of checking that a transaction
ID still in-progress during a crash is correctly marked as aborted after
recovery finishes.
This test is unstable, and some configuration scenarios may that easier
to reproduce (wal_level=minimal, wal_compression=on) because the WAL
holding the information about the in-progress transaction ID may not
have made it to disk yet, hence a post-crash recovery may cause the same
XID to be reused, triggering a test failure.
We have discussed a few approaches, like making this function force a
WAL flush to make it reliable across crashes, but we don't want to pay a
performance penalty in some scenarios, as well. The test could have
been tweaked to enforce a checkpoint but that actually breaks the
promise of the test to rely on a stable result of txid_status() after
a crash.
This issue has been reported a few times across the past years, with an
original report from Kyotaro Horiguchi. The buildfarm machines tanager,
hachi and gokiburi enable wal_compression, and fail on this test
periodically.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3163112.1674762209@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210305.115011.558061052471425531.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
Switch to get_dirent_type() instead of lstat() while traversing a
directory tree, to see if that fixes the intermittent ENOTEMPTY failures
seen in recent pg_upgrade tests, on Windows CI. While refactoring, also
use AllocateDir() instead of opendir() in the backend, which knows how
to handle descriptor pressure.
Our CI system currently uses Windows Server 2019, a version known not to
have POSIX unlink semantics enabled by default yet, unlike typical
Windows 10 and 11 systems. That might explain why we see this flapping
on CI but (apparently) not in the build farm, though the frequency is
quite low.
The theory is that some directory entry must be in state
STATUS_DELETE_PENDING, which lstat() would report as ENOENT, though
unfortunately we don't know exactly why yet. With this change, rmtree()
will not skip them, and try to unlink (again). Our unlink() wrapper
should either wait a short time for them to go away when some other
process closes the handle, or log a message to tell us the path of the
problem file if not, so we can dig further.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220919213217.ptqfdlcc5idk5xup%40awork3.anarazel.de
EquivalenceClasses are now understood as applying within a "join
domain", which is a set of inner-joined relations (possibly underneath
an outer join). We no longer need to treat an EC from below an outer
join as a second-class citizen.
I have hopes of eventually being able to treat outer-join clauses via
EquivalenceClasses, by means of only applying deductions within the
EC's join domain. There are still problems in the way of that, though,
so for now the reconsider_outer_join_clause logic is still here.
I haven't been able to get rid of RestrictInfo.is_pushed_down either,
but I wonder if that could be recast using JoinDomains.
I had to hack one test case in postgres_fdw.sql to make it still test
what it was meant to, because postgres_fdw is inconsistent about
how it deals with quals containing non-shippable expressions; see
https://postgr.es/m/1691374.1671659838@sss.pgh.pa.us. That should
be improved, but I don't think it's within the scope of this patch
series.
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
Remove RestrictInfo.nullable_relids, along with a good deal of
infrastructure that calculated it. One use-case for it was in
join_clause_is_movable_to, but we can now replace that usage with
a check to see if the clause's relids include any outer join
that can null the target relation. The other use-case was in
join_clause_is_movable_into, but that test can just be dropped
entirely now that the clause's relids include outer joins.
Furthermore, join_clause_is_movable_into should now be
accurate enough that it will accept anything returned by
generate_join_implied_equalities, so we can restore the Assert
that was diked out in commit 95f4e59c3.
Remove the outerjoin_delayed mechanism. We needed this before to
prevent quals from getting evaluated below outer joins that should
null some of their vars. Now that we consider varnullingrels while
placing quals, that's taken care of automatically, so throw the
whole thing away.
Teach remove_useless_result_rtes to also remove useless FromExprs.
Having done that, the delay_upper_joins flag serves no purpose any
more and we can remove it, largely reverting 11086f2f2.
Use constant TRUE for "dummy" clauses when throwing back outer joins.
This improves on a hack I introduced in commit 6a6522529. If we
have a left-join clause l.x = r.y, and a WHERE clause l.x = constant,
we generate r.y = constant and then don't really have a need for the
join clause. But we must throw the join clause back anyway after
marking it redundant, so that the join search heuristics won't think
this is a clauseless join and avoid it. That was a kluge introduced
under time pressure, and after looking at it I thought of a better
way: let's just introduce constant-TRUE "join clauses" instead,
and get rid of them at the end. This improves the generated plans for
such cases by not having to test a redundant join clause. We can also
get rid of the ugly hack used to mark such clauses as redundant for
selectivity estimation.
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
Traditionally we used the same Var struct to represent the value
of a table column everywhere in parse and plan trees. This choice
predates our support for SQL outer joins, and it's really a pretty
bad idea with outer joins, because the Var's value can depend on
where it is in the tree: it might go to NULL above an outer join.
So expression nodes that are equal() per equalfuncs.c might not
represent the same value, which is a huge correctness hazard for
the planner.
To improve this, decorate Var nodes with a bitmapset showing
which outer joins (identified by RTE indexes) may have nulled
them at the point in the parse tree where the Var appears.
This allows us to trust that equal() Vars represent the same value.
A certain amount of klugery is still needed to cope with cases
where we re-order two outer joins, but it's possible to make it
work without sacrificing that core principle. PlaceHolderVars
receive similar decoration for the same reason.
In the planner, we include these outer join bitmapsets into the relids
that an expression is considered to depend on, and in consequence also
add outer-join relids to the relids of join RelOptInfos. This allows
us to correctly perceive whether an expression can be calculated above
or below a particular outer join.
This change affects FDWs that want to plan foreign joins. They *must*
follow suit when labeling foreign joins in order to match with the
core planner, but for many purposes (if postgres_fdw is any guide)
they'd prefer to consider only base relations within the join.
To support both requirements, redefine ForeignScan.fs_relids as
base+OJ relids, and add a new field fs_base_relids that's set up by
the core planner.
Large though it is, this commit just does the minimum necessary to
install the new mechanisms and get check-world passing again.
Follow-up patches will perform some cleanup. (The README additions
and comments mention some stuff that will appear in the follow-up.)
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
This fixes a bug that, under some circumstances, would cause MERGE to
fail to properly recompute expressions for GENERATED STORED columns.
Formerly, ExecInitModifyTable() did not call ExecInitStoredGenerated()
for a MERGE command, which meant that the generated expressions
information was not computed until later, when the first merge action
was executed. However, if the first merge action to execute was an
UPDATE, then ExecInitStoredGenerated() could decide to skip some some
generated columns, if the columns on which they depended were not
updated, which was a problem if the MERGE also contained an INSERT
action, for which no generated columns should be skipped.
So fix by having ExecInitModifyTable() call ExecInitStoredGenerated()
for MERGE, and assume that it isn't safe to skip any generated columns
in a MERGE. Possibly that could be relaxed, by allowing some generated
columns to be skipped for a MERGE without an INSERT action, but it's
not clear that it's worth the effort.
Noticed while investigating bug #17759. Back-patch to v15, where MERGE
was added.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion:
https://postgr.es/m/17759-e76d9bece1b5421c%40postgresql.orghttps://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXb_ezoMCcL0tzKwRGA1x0oeE%3DawTaysRfTPq%2B3wNJn8g%40mail.gmail.com
Rename the developer option 'logical_decoding_mode' to the more flexible
name 'logical_replication_mode' because doing so will make it easier to
extend this option in the future to help test other areas of logical
replication.
Currently, it is used on the publisher side to allow streaming or
serializing each change in logical decoding. In the upcoming patch, we are
planning to use it on the subscriber. On the subscriber, it will allow
serializing the changes to file and notifies the parallel apply workers to
read and apply them at the end of the transaction.
We discussed exposing this parameter as a subscription option but
it did not seem advisable since it is primarily used for testing/debugging
and there is no other such parameter. We also discussed having separate
GUCs for publisher and subscriber but for current testing/debugging
requirements, one GUC is sufficient.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAy2c=Mx=FTCs+EwUsf2kQL5MmU3N18X84k0EmCXntK4g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
Split out "ConfigOptionIsVisible" to perform the privilege
check for GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY GUCs (which these days can also
be read by pg_read_all_settings role members), and move the
should-we-show-it checks from GetConfigOptionValues to its
sole caller.
This commit also removes get_explain_guc_options's check of
GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL, which seems to have got cargo-culted in there.
While there's no obvious use-case for marking a GUC both
GUC_EXPLAIN and GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL, if it were set up that way
one would expect EXPLAIN to show it --- if that's not what
you want, then don't set GUC_EXPLAIN.
In passing, simplify the loop logic in show_all_settings.
Nitin Jadhav, Bharath Rupireddy, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWYgfekpRK-Jz5=pM_bV+Om=ktGq1vxTZ_dr1Z6MV-qokA@mail.gmail.com
This includes a unification of the logic used to find the excludes file
and the typedefs file.
Also, remove the dangerous and deprecated feature where the first
non-option argument was taken as a typdefs file if it wasn't a .c or .h
file, remove some extraneous blank lines, and improve the documentation
somewhat.
9d9c02ccd introduced runConditions for window functions to allow
monotonic window function evaluation to be made more efficient when the
window function value went beyond some value that it would never go back
from due to its monotonic nature. That commit added prosupport functions
to inform the planner that row_number(), rank(), dense_rank() and some
forms of count(*) were monotonic. Here we add support for ntile(),
cume_dist() and percent_rank().
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqR+VqB8s+xR-24bzJbU8xyFrBszJ17qKgECf7cWxLCaA@mail.gmail.com
pg_restore -l has always been able to read the TOC data of a dump even
if its binary has no support for compression, for both compressed and
uncompressed dumps. 5e73a60 has introduced a backward-incompatible
behavior by switching a warning to a hard error in the code path reading
the header data of a dump, preventing the TOC items to be listed even if
pg_restore -l, with no support for compression, is used on a compressed
dump. Most modern systems should have support for zlib, but it can be
also possible that somebody relies on the past behavior when copying
over a dump where binaries are not built with zlib support (most likely
some WIN32 flavors these days, though most environments should provide
that).
There is no easy way to have a regression test for this pattern, as it
requires a mix of dump/restore commands with different compilation
options, with and without compression. One possibility I see here would
be to have a command-line option that enforces a non-compression check
for a build that supports compression, but that does not seem worth the
cost, either.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230125180020.GF22427@telsasoft.com
We'd like to use TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds with the stop_time
possibly being TIMESTAMP_INFINITY, but up to now it's disclaimed
responsibility for overflow cases. Define it to clamp its output to
the range [0, INT_MAX], handling overflow correctly. (INT_MAX rather
than LONG_MAX seems appropriate, because the function is already
described as being intended for calculating wait times for WaitLatch
et al, and that infrastructure only handles waits up to INT_MAX.
Also, this choice gets rid of cross-platform behavioral differences.)
Having done that, we can replace some ad-hoc code in walreceiver.c
with a simple call to TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds.
While at it, fix some buglets in existing callers of
TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds: basebackup_copy.c had not read the
memo about TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds never returning a negative
value, and postmaster.c had not read the memo about Min() and Max()
being macros with multiple-evaluation hazards. Neither of these
quite seem worth back-patching.
Patch by me; thanks to Nathan Bossart for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3126727.1674759248@sss.pgh.pa.us
Avoid having walreceiver code know explicitly about the precision
and underlying datatype of TimestampTz. (There is still one
calculation that knows that, which should be replaced with use of
TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds; but we need to figure out what to do
about overflow cases first.)
In support of this, provide a TimestampTzPlusSeconds macro, as well
as TIMESTAMP_INFINITY and TIMESTAMP_MINUS_INFINITY macros. (We could
have used the existing DT_NOEND and DT_NOBEGIN symbols, but I judged
those too opaque and confusing.)
Move GetCurrentTimestamp calls so that it's more obvious that we
are not using stale values of "now" anyplace. This doesn't result
in net more calls, and might indeed make for net fewer.
Avoid having a dummy value in the WalRcvWakeupReason enum, so that
we can hope for the compiler to catch overlooked switch cases.
Nathan Bossart and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230125235004.GA1327755@nathanxps13
When auto_explain.log_verbose is on, auto_explain should print in the
logs plans equivalent to the EXPLAIN (VERBOSE). However, when
compute_query_id is on, query identifiers were not showing up, being
only handled by EXPLAIN (VERBOSE). This brings auto_explain on par with
EXPLAIN regarding that. Note that like EXPLAIN, auto_explain does not
show the query identifier when compute_query_id=regress.
The change is done so as the choice of printing the query identifier is
done in ExplainPrintPlan() rather than in ExplainOnePlan(), to avoid a
duplication of the logic dealing with the query ID. auto_explain is the
only in-core caller of ExplainPrintPlan().
While looking at the area, I have noticed that more consolidation
between EXPLAIN and auto_explain would be in order for the logging of
the plan duration and the buffer usage. This refactoring is left as a
future change.
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1ea21936981f161bccfce05765c03bee@oss.nttdata.com
If the final chunk of an oversized tuple being written out to disk was
exactly 32760 bytes, it would be corrupted due to a fencepost bug.
Bug #17619. Back-patch to 11 where the code arrived.
While testing that (see test module in archives), I (tmunro) noticed
that the per-participant page counter was not initialized to zero as it
should have been; that wasn't a live bug when it was written since DSM
memory was originally always zeroed, but since 14
min_dynamic_shared_memory might be configured and it supplies non-zeroed
memory, so that is also fixed here.
Author: Dmitry Astapov <dastapov@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17619-0de62ceda812b8b5%40postgresql.org
Eager freezing strategy avoids large build-ups of all-visible pages. It
makes VACUUM trigger page-level freezing whenever doing so will enable
the page to become all-frozen in the visibility map. This is useful for
tables that experience continual growth, particularly strict append-only
tables such as pgbench's history table. Eager freezing significantly
improves performance stability by spreading out the cost of freezing
over time, rather than doing most freezing during aggressive VACUUMs.
It complements the insert autovacuum mechanism added by commit b07642db.
VACUUM determines its freezing strategy based on the value of the new
vacuum_freeze_strategy_threshold GUC (or reloption) with logged tables.
Tables that exceed the size threshold use the eager freezing strategy.
Unlogged tables and temp tables always use eager freezing strategy,
since the added cost is negligible there. Non-permanent relations won't
incur any extra overhead in WAL written (for the obvious reason), nor in
pages dirtied (since any extra freezing will only take place on pages
whose PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit needed to be set either way).
VACUUM uses lazy freezing strategy for logged tables that fall under the
GUC size threshold. Page-level freezing triggers based on the criteria
established in commit 1de58df4, which added basic page-level freezing.
Eager freezing is strictly more aggressive than lazy freezing. Settings
like vacuum_freeze_min_age still get applied in just the same way in
every VACUUM, independent of the strategy in use. The only mechanical
difference between eager and lazy freezing strategies is that only the
former applies its own additional criteria to trigger freezing pages.
Note that even lazy freezing strategy will trigger freezing whenever a
page happens to have required that an FPI be written during pruning,
provided that the page will thereby become all-frozen in the visibility
map afterwards (due to the FPI optimization from commit 1de58df4).
The vacuum_freeze_strategy_threshold default setting is 4GB. This is a
relatively low setting that prioritizes performance stability. It will
be reviewed at the end of the Postgres 16 beta period.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkFok_6EAHuK39GaW4FjEFQsY=3J0AAd6FXk93u-Xq3Fg@mail.gmail.com
We undefined them to avoid warnings about macro redefinitions. But we haven't
fully followed the necessary include order, since at least 147c248254, in
2011. Recently the combination of the include order rules not being followed
and undefining _POSIX_C_SOURCE started to cause a compile failure, starting
with 03023a2664. Undefining _POSIX_C_SOURCE hides clock_gettime(), which is
referenced in an inline function as of 03023a2664, whereas it was a macro
before.
After seeing some evidence that undefining _POSIX_C_SOURCE et al isn't
required, I tried to build postgres with plpython on most of our supported
platforms (except DragonFlyBSD and Illumos, but similar systems were tested),
with/without the #undefines. No compiler warning / behavioral difference.
The oldest supported python version, 3.2, defines _POSIX_C_SOURCE to 200112L
ad _XOPEN_SOURCE to 600, whereas newer versions of python use 200809L/700
respectively. As _POSIX_C_SOURCE/_XOPEN_SOURCE will default to the newer
operating system on most platforms, it's possible that when using python 3.2
new warnings would be emitted - but that seems acceptable.
It's possible that this approach won't work on some older platforms. But
getting rid of most of the include-order complexity seems promising, and it's
an easily revertible patch if we end up having to go another way.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230124165814.2njc7gnvubn2amh6@awork3.anarazel.de
Until now we undefined and then redefined a lot of *printf macros due to
worries about conflicts with Python.h macro definitions. Current Python.h
doesn't define any *printf macros, and older versions just defined snprintf,
vsnprintf, guarded by #if defined(MS_WIN32) && !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF).
Thus we can replace the undefine/define section with a single
#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230124165814.2njc7gnvubn2amh6@awork3.anarazel.de
Invent separate macros for "invalid" values of these types, so that
we needn't embed knowledge of their representations into calling code.
These are all zeroes anyway ATM, so this is not fixing any live bug,
but it makes the code cleaner and more future-proof.
I (tgl) also chose to move DSM_HANDLE_INVALID into dsm_impl.h,
since it seems like it should live beside the typedef for dsm_handle.
Hou Zhijie, Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716860B1454C34E5B179B6694C99@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Modify the new event loop code from commit 7389aad6 so that it checks
for work requested by signal handlers even if it doesn't see a latch
event yet.
This gives priority to shutdown and reload requests where the latch will
be reported later in the event array, or in a later call to
WaitEventSetWait(), due to scheduling details. In particular, this
guarantees that a SIGHUP-then-connect sequence (as seen in
authentication tests) causes the postmaster to process the reload before
accepting the connection. If the WaitEventSetWait() call saw the socket
as ready, and the reload signal was generated before the connection,
then the latest time the signal handler should be able to run is after
poll/epoll_wait/kevent returns but before we check the
pending_pm_reload_request flag.
While here, also shift the handling of child exit below reload requests,
per Tom Lane's observation that that might start new processes, so we
should make sure we pick up new settings first.
This probably explains the one-off failure of build farm animal
malleefowl.
Reported-by: Hou Zhijie <houzj.fnst@fujitsu.com>
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57163D3BF2AB42ECAA94E5C394C29%40OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This makes two small changes that will improve pgindent's usefulness in
a git hook. First, it looks for the exclude file relative to the current
directory. And second, it applies the filters to filenames given on the
command line as well as those found in a directory sweep.
It might prove necessary to make further efforts to find the exclude
file, and even to allow multiple exclude files, but for now this should
be enough for most purposes.
Reviewed by Jelte Fennema
Previously, a CREATEROLE user without SUPERUSER could not alter
REPLICATION users in any way, and could not set the BYPASSRLS
attribute. However, they could manipulate the CREATEDB property
even if they themselves did not possess it.
With this change, a CREATEROLE user without SUPERUSER can set or
clear the REPLICATION, BYPASSRLS, or CREATEDB property on a new
role or a role that they have rights to manage if and only if
that property is set for their own role.
This implements the standard idea that you can't give permissions
you don't have (but you can give the ones you do have). We might
in the future want to provide more powerful ways to constrain
what a CREATEROLE user can do - for example, to limit whether
CONNECTION LIMIT can be set or the values to which it can be set -
but that is left as future work.
Patch by me, reviewed by Nathan Bossart, Tushar Ahuja, and Neha
Sharma.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobX=LHg_J5aT=0pi9gJy=JdtrUVGAu0zhr-i5v5nNbJDg@mail.gmail.com
The drop database command waits for the logical replication sync worker to
accept ProcSignalBarrier and the worker's slot creation waits for the drop
database to finish which leads to a deadlock. This happens because the
tablesync worker holds interrupts while creating a slot.
We prevent cancel/die interrupts while creating a slot in the table sync
worker because it is possible that before the server finishes this
command, a concurrent drop subscription happens which would complete
without removing this slot and that leads to the slot existing until the
end of walsender. However, the slot will eventually get dropped at the
walsender exit time, so there is no danger of the dangling slot.
This patch reallows cancel/die interrupts while creating a slot and
modifies the test to wait for slots to become zero to prevent finding an
ephemeral slot.
The reported hang doesn't happen in PG14 as the drop database starts to
wait for ProcSignalBarrier with PG15 (commits 4eb2176318 and e2f65f4255)
but it is good to backpatch this till PG14 as it is not a good idea to
prevent interrupts during a network call that could block indefinitely.
Reported-by: Lakshmi Narayanan Sreethar
Diagnosed-by: Andres Freund
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 14, where it was introduced in commit 6b67d72b60
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+kvmZELXQ4ZD3U=XCXuG3KvFgkuPoN1QrEj8c-rMRodrLOnsg@mail.gmail.com
In contrast to the changes to dblink and postgres_fdw, this does not fix a
bug, as libpqwalreceiver did already process interrupts.
Besides reducing code duplication, the conversion leads to libpqwalreceiver
now using reserving file descriptors for libpq connections. While not strictly
required for the use in walreceiver, we are also using libpqwalreceiver for
logical replication, where it does seem more important.
Even if we eventually decide to backpatch the prior commits, there'd be no
need to backpatch this commit, due to not fixing an active bug.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220925232237.p6uskba2dw6fnwj2@awork3.anarazel.de
Currently dblink and postgres_fdw don't process interrupts during connection
establishment. Besides preventing query cancellations etc, this can lead to
undetected deadlocks, as global barriers are not processed.
Libpqwalreceiver in contrast, processes interrupts during connection
establishment. The required code is not trivial, so duplicating it into
additional places does not seem like a good option.
These aforementioned undetected deadlocks are the reason for the spate of CI
test failures in the FreeBSD 'test_running' step.
For now the helper library is just a header, as it needs to be linked into
each extension using libpq, and it seems too small to be worth adding a
dedicated static library for.
The conversion to the helper are done in subsequent commits.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220925232237.p6uskba2dw6fnwj2@awork3.anarazel.de
When libpqrcv_connect (also known as walrcv_connect()) failed, it leaked the
libpq connection. In most paths that's fairly harmless, as the calling process
will exit soon after. But e.g. CREATE SUBSCRIPTION could lead to a somewhat
longer lived leak.
Fix by releasing resources, including the libpq connection, on error.
Add a test exercising the error code path. To make it reliable and safe, the
test tries to connect to port=-1, which happens to fail during connection
establishment, rather than during connection string parsing.
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230121011237.q52apbvlarfv6jm6@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-
b762fed64 recently changed this test to prevent subquery pullup to allow
us to test Memoize with lateral_vars. As pointed out by Tom Lane, OFFSET
0 is our standard way of preventing subquery pullups, so do it that way
instead.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2144818.1674517061@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch-through: 14, same as b762fed64
The test in question was meant to be testing Memoize to ensure it worked
correctly when the inner side of the join contained lateral vars, however,
nothing in the lateral subquery stopped it from being pulled up into the
main query, so the planner did that, and that meant no more lateral vars.
Here we add a simple ORDER BY to stop the planner from being able to
pullup the lateral subquery.
Author: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4_LHJaN4L-tXpKMiPFnsCJWU1P8Xh59o0W7AA6UN99=cQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14, where Memoize was added.
7fcbf6a and 2ff6555 changed the function signature of XLogPageRead()
but did not update the comment.
XLogReaderRoutine contains up to date information about the API, so no
need to repeat all that at XLogPageRead(), but fix the mentions of the
no longer existing function arguments.
This enhances the numeric type input function, adding support for
hexadecimal, octal, and binary integers of any size, up to the limits
of the numeric type.
Since 6fcda9aba8, such non-decimal integers have been accepted by the
parser as integer literals and passed through to numeric_in(). This
commit gives numeric_in() the ability to handle them.
While at it, simplify the handling of NaN and infinities, reducing the
number of calls to pg_strncasecmp(), and arrange for pg_strncasecmp()
to not be called at all for regular numbers. This gives a significant
performance improvement for decimal inputs, more than offsetting the
small performance hit of checking for non-decimal input.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCV8XShnmT9HZy25C%2Bo78CVOFmUN5EM9FRAZ5xvYTggPMg%40mail.gmail.com
At least on my machine, the initial coding of this didn't actually
work, because interpolation of "$post_fh->filename" doesn't act
as intended.
I threw in some double quotes too, just in case anybody tries
to run this in a path containing spaces.
Historically we skipped writing/reading this field, but that no
longer works under WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES since we expanded
the coverage of that option to include utility commands (787102b56).
Remove the special case and just treat this field normally.
Bump catversion out of an abundance of caution --- I do not think
we currently ever store RangeVar nodes in the catalogs, but
perhaps I'm wrong.
Per report from Pavel Stehule.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAYvYu-qU7-NieqRRyaQZk-yr3UjtHQ2LR62PS9M1dZMA@mail.gmail.com
This adds two modes of running pgindent, neither of which results in
any changes being made to the source code. The --show-diff option shows
what changes would have been made, and the --silent-diff option just
exits with a status of 2 if any changes would be made. The second of
these is intended for scripting use in places such as git hooks.
Along the way some code cleanup is done, and a --help option is also
added.
Reviewed by Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c9c9fa6d-6de6-48c2-4f8b-0fbeef026439@dunslane.net
An upcoming patch by Melanie Plageman does some refactoring work in this
area. Run pgindent on that file now before making any changes so that
it's easier to maintain/evolve each of the individual patches doing the
refactor work. Additionally, add a few new required typedefs to the list
to make it easier to do future pgindent runs on this file during the
refactor work.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_YSOnhKsDyFcqJsKtBSrd32DP-jjXmv7hL0BPD-z0TGXQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit c4649cce39 removed the "shared" and "ntapes" arguments, but the
comment still talked about "shared". It also talked about "a shared
file handle", which was technically correct because even before commit
c4649cce39, the "shared file handle" referred to the "fileset"
argument, not "shared". But it was very confusing. Improve the
comment.
Also add a comment on what the "preallocate" argument does.
Backpatch to v15, just to make backpatching other patches easier in
the future.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/af989685-91d5-aad4-8f60-1d066b5ec309@enterprisedb.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Per buildfarm member mandrill, it seems that
max_parallel_workers_per_gather may not always be set to the default value
of 2 when the new test added in 16fd03e95 is executed. Here let's just
explicitly set that to 2 so that the planner never opts to use more than
that many parallel workers.
This adds combine, serial and deserial functions for the array_agg() and
string_agg() aggregate functions, thus allowing these aggregates to
partake in partial aggregations. This allows both parallel aggregation to
take place when these aggregates are present and also allows additional
partition-wise aggregation plan shapes to include plans that require
additional aggregation once the partially aggregated results from the
partitions have been combined.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Stephen Frost, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9sx_6GTcvd6TMuZnNtCh0VhBzhX6FZqw17TgVFH-ga_A@mail.gmail.com
Enforce wal_retrieve_retry_interval on a per-subscription basis,
rather than globally, and arrange to skip that delay in case of
an intentional worker exit. This probably makes little difference
in the field, where apply workers wouldn't be restarted often;
but it has a significant impact on the runtime of our logical
replication regression tests (even though those tests use
artificially-small wal_retrieve_retry_interval settings already).
Nathan Bossart, with mostly-cosmetic editorialization by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221122004119.GA132961@nathanxps13
The motivation for this change is that when pg_dump dumps a
partitioned index that's marked REPLICA IDENTITY, it generates a
command sequence that applies REPLICA IDENTITY before the partitioned
index has been marked valid, causing restore to fail. We could
perhaps change pg_dump to not do it like that, but that would be
difficult and would not fix existing dump files with the problem.
There seems to be very little reason for the backend to disallow
this anyway --- the code ignores indisreplident when the index
isn't valid --- so instead let's fix it by allowing the case.
Commit 9511fb37a previously expressed a concern that allowing
indisreplident to be set on invalid indexes might allow us to
wind up in a situation where a table could have indisreplident
set on multiple indexes. I'm not sure I follow that concern
exactly, but in any case the only way that could happen is because
relation_mark_replica_identity is too trusting about the existing set
of markings being valid. Let's just rip out its early-exit code path
(which sure looks like premature optimization anyway; what are we
doing expending code to make redundant ALTER TABLE ... REPLICA
IDENTITY commands marginally faster and not-redundant ones marginally
slower?) and fix it to positively guarantee that no more than one
index is marked indisreplident.
The pg_dump failure can be demonstrated in all supported branches,
so back-patch all the way. I chose to back-patch 9511fb37a as well,
just to keep indisreplident handling the same in all branches.
Per bug #17756 from Sergey Belyashov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17756-dd50e8e0c8dd4a40@postgresql.org
When the length was too short, the server read outside the allocation.
That yielded the same log noise as sending the correct length with
(backendPID,cancelAuthCode) matching nothing. Change to a message about
the unexpected length. Given the attacker's lack of control over the
memory layout and the general lack of diversity in memory layouts at the
code in question, we doubt a would-be attacker could cause a segfault.
Hence, while the report arrived via security@postgresql.org, this is not
a vulnerability. Back-patch to v11 (all supported versions).
Andrey Borodin, reviewed by Tom Lane. Reported by Andrey Borodin.
Until now we used struct timespec for instr_time on all platforms but
windows. Using struct timespec causes a fair bit of memory (struct timeval is
16 bytes) and runtime overhead (much more complicated additions). Instead we
can convert the time to nanoseconds in INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(), making the
remaining operations cheaper.
Representing time as int64 nanoseconds provides sufficient range, ~292 years
relative to a starting point (depending on clock source, relative to the unix
epoch or the system's boot time). That'd not be sufficient for calendar time
stored on disk, but is plenty for runtime interval time measurement.
On windows instr_time already is represented as cycles. It might make sense to
represent time as cycles on other platforms as well, as using cycle
acquisition instructions like rdtsc directly can reduce the overhead of time
acquisition substantially. This could be done in a fairly localized manner as
the code stands after this commit.
Because the windows and non-windows paths are now more similar, use a common
set of macros. To make that possible, most of the use of LARGE_INTEGER had to
be removed, which looks nicer anyway.
To avoid users of the API relying on the integer representation, we wrap the
64bit integer inside struct struct instr_time.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Lukas Fittl <lukas@fittl.com>
Author: David Geier <geidav.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230113195547.k4nlrmawpijqwlsa@awork3.anarazel.de
These are all not necessary from a correctness POV. However, in the near
future instr_time will be simplified to an int64, at which point gcc would
otherwise start to warn about the changed places.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230116023639.rn36vf6ajqmfciua@awork3.anarazel.de
This is similar to 835d476, except that this one is to add node
attributes related to query jumbling and avoid long lines in the headers
and in the node structures changed by this commit.
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y5BHOUhX3zTH/ig6@paquier.xyz
This will ease a follow-up move that will generate automatically this
code. The C file is renamed, for consistency with the node-related
files whose code are generated by gen_node_support.pl:
- queryjumble.c -> queryjumblefuncs.c
- utils/queryjumble.h -> nodes/queryjumble.h
Per a suggestion from Peter Eisentraut.
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y5BHOUhX3zTH/ig6@paquier.xyz
This provides a way to reserve connection slots for non-superusers.
The slots reserved via the new GUC are available only to users who
have the new predefined role pg_use_reserved_connections.
superuser_reserved_connections remains as a final reserve in case
reserved_connections has been exhausted.
Patch by Nathan Bossart. Reviewed by Tushar Ahuja and by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230119194601.GA4105788@nathanxps13
This is in preparation for adding a new reserved_connections GUC,
but aligning the GUC name with the variable name is also a good
idea on general principle.
Patch by Nathan Bossart. Reviewed by Tushar Ahuja and by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230119194601.GA4105788@nathanxps13
Commit ea92368cd1 made max_wal_senders
a separate pool of backends from max_connections, but the documentation
and error message for superuser_reserved_connections weren't updated
at the time, and as a result are somewhat misleading. Update.
This is arguably a back-patchable bug fix, but because it seems quite
minor, no back-patch.
Patch by Nathan Bossart. Reviewed by Tushar Ahuja and by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230119194601.GA4105788@nathanxps13
While pg_hba.conf has support for non-literal username matches, and
this commit extends the capabilities that are supported for the
PostgreSQL user listed in an ident entry part of pg_ident.conf, with
support for:
1. The "all" keyword, where all the requested users are allowed.
2. Membership checks using the + prefix.
3. Using a regex to match against multiple roles.
1. is a feature that has been requested by Jelte Fennema, 2. something
that has been mentioned independently by Andrew Dunstan, and 3. is
something I came up with while discussing how to extend the first one,
whose implementation is facilitated by 8fea868.
This allows matching certain system users against many different
postgres users with a single line in pg_ident.conf. Without this, one
would need one line for each of the postgres users that a system user
can log in as, which can be cumbersome to maintain.
Tests are added to the TAP test of peer authentication to provide
coverage for all that.
Note that this introduces a set of backward-incompatible changes to be
able to detect the new patterns, for the following cases:
- A role named "all".
- A role prefixed with '+' characters, which is something that would not
have worked in HBA entries anyway.
- A role prefixed by a slash character, similarly to 8fea868.
Any of these can be still be handled by using quotes in the Postgres
role defined in an ident entry.
A huge advantage of this change is that the code applies the same checks
for the Postgres roles in HBA and ident entries, via the common routine
check_role().
**This compatibility change should be mentioned in the release notes.**
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DBBPR83MB0507FEC2E8965012990A80D0F7FC9@DBBPR83MB0507.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
If the public schema has a non-default owner (perhaps due to
dropping and recreating it) then use of pg_dump's "--if-exists"
option results in a warning message:
warning: could not find where to insert IF EXISTS in statement "-- *not* dropping schema, since initdb creates it"
This is harmless since the dump output is the same either way,
but nonetheless it's undesirable. It's the fault of commit
a7a7be1f2, which created situations where a TOC entry's "defn"
or "dropStmt" fields could be just comments. Although that
commit fixed up the kluges in pg_backup_archiver.c that munge defn
strings, it missed doing so for the one that munges dropStmts.
Per bug# 17753 from Justin Zhang.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17753-9c8773631747ee1c@postgresql.org
This adjusts a few places which were appending a string constant
containing spaces onto a StringInfo. We have appendStringInfoSpaces for
that job, so let's use that instead.
For the change to jsonb.c's add_indent() function, appendStringInfoString
was being called inside a loop to append 4 spaces on each loop. This
meant that enlargeStringInfo would get called once per loop. Here it
should be much more efficient to get rid of the loop and just calculate
the number of spaces with "level * 4" and just append all the spaces in
one go.
Here we additionally adjust the appendStringInfoSpaces function so it
makes use of memset rather than a while loop to apply the required spaces
to the StringInfo. One of the problems with the while loop was that it
was incrementing one variable and decrementing another variable once per
loop. That's more work than what's required to get the job done. We may
as well use memset for this rather than trying to optimize the existing
loop. Some testing has shown memset is faster even for very small sizes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvp_rKkvwudBKgBHniNRg67bzXVjyvVKfX0G2zS967K43A@mail.gmail.com
This patch largely reverts what I did in commits c9b0c678d and
78e73e875. The maximum cover length limit that I added in 78e73e875
(to band-aid over c9b0c678d's performance issues) creates too many
user-visible behavior discrepancies, as complained of for example in
bug #17691. The real problem with hlCover() is not what I thought
at the time, but more that it seems to have been designed with only
AND tsquery semantics in mind. It doesn't work quite right for OR,
and even less so for NOT or phrase queries. However, we can improve
that situation by building a variant of TS_execute() that returns a
list of match locations. We already get an ExecPhraseData struct
representing match locations for the primitive case of a simple match,
as well as one for a phrase match; we just need to add some logic to
combine these for AND and OR operators. The result is a list of
ExecPhraseDatas, which hlCover can regard as having simple AND
semantics, so that its old algorithm works correctly.
There's still a lot not to like about ts_headline's behavior, but
I think the remaining issues have to do with the heuristics used
in mark_hl_words and mark_hl_fragments (which, likewise, were not
revisited when phrase search was added). Improving those is a task
for another day.
Patch by me; thanks to Alvaro Herrera for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/840.1669405935@sss.pgh.pa.us
When ending recovery based on recovery_target_xid matching with
recovery_target_inclusive = off, we printed an incorrect timestamp
(always 2000-01-01) in the "recovery stopping before ... transaction"
log message. This is a consequence of sloppy refactoring in
c945af80c: the code to fetch recordXtime out of the commit/abort
record used to be executed unconditionally, but it was changed
to get called only in the RECOVERY_TARGET_TIME case. We need only
flip the order of operations to restore the intended behavior.
Per report from Torsten Förtsch. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKkG4_kUevPqbmyOfLajx7opAQk6Cvwkvx0HRcFjSPfRPTXanA@mail.gmail.com
RelOptInfo.userid is the same for all relations in a given inheritance
tree, so the code in examine_variable() and example_simple_variable()
that repeats the ACL checks on the root parent rel instead of a given
leaf child relations need not recompute userid too.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221210201753.GA27893@telsasoft.com
This is wrong since 88e9823, that has switched the WAL sizing
configuration from checkpoint_segments to min_wal_size and
max_wal_size. This missed the recalculation of the internal value of
the internal "CheckPointSegments", that works as a mapping of the old
GUC checkpoint_segments, on reload, for example, and it controls the
timing of checkpoints depending on the volume of WAL generated.
Most users tend to leave checkpoint_completion_target at 0.9 to smooth
the I/O workload, which is why I guess this has gone unnoticed for so
long, still it can be useful to tweak and reload the value dynamically
in some cases to control the timing of checkpoints.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACXgPPAm28mruojSBno+F_=9cTOOxHAywu_dfZPeBdybQw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 11
No buildfarm members have reported that yet, but a recently-refreshed
Debian host did.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y8ey5z4Nav62g4/K@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 11
Turns out the compression.sql test creates a view that needs
to be adjusted in the wake of 47bb9db75 --- except that without
--with-lz4, it fails to create the view at all, so I'd not
noticed this in testing.
Per buildfarm member crake.
In c8ad4d8166 dlist_member_check()'s arguments were made const. Unfortunately
the implementation of dlist_member_check() used dlist_foreach(), which
currently doesn't work for const lists.
As a workaround, open-code the list iteration. The other check functions
already do so.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230118182214.co7dp4oahiunwg57@awork3.anarazel.de
The rule system needs "old" and/or "new" pseudo-RTEs in rule actions
that are ON INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE. Historically it's put such entries
into the ON SELECT rules of views as well, but those are really quite
vestigial. The only thing we've used them for is to carry the
view's relid forward to AcquireExecutorLocks (so that we can
re-lock the view to verify it hasn't changed before re-using a plan)
and to carry its relid and permissions data forward to execution-time
permissions checks. What we can do instead of that is to retain
these fields of the RTE_RELATION RTE for the view even after we
convert it to an RTE_SUBQUERY RTE. This requires a tiny amount of
extra complication in the planner and AcquireExecutorLocks, but on
the other hand we can get rid of the logic that moves that data from
one place to another.
The principal immediate benefit of doing this, aside from a small
saving in the pg_rewrite data for views, is that these pseudo-RTEs
no longer trigger ruleutils.c's heuristic about qualifying variable
names when the rangetable's length is more than 1. That results
in quite a number of small simplifications in regression test outputs,
which are all to the good IMO.
Bump catversion because we need to dump a few more fields of
RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs. While those will always be zeroes anyway in
stored rules (because we'd never populate them until query rewrite)
they are useful for debugging, and it seems like we'd better make
sure to transmit such RTEs accurately in plans sent to parallel
workers. I don't think the executor actually examines these fields
after startup, but someday it might.
This is a second attempt at committing 1b4d280ea. The difference
from the first time is that now we can add some filtering rules to
AdjustUpgrade.pm to allow cross-version upgrade testing to pass
despite all the cosmetic changes in CREATE VIEW outputs.
Amit Langote (filtering rules by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqEf7gPN4Hn+LoZ4tP2q_Qt7n3vw7-6fJKOf92tSEnX6Gg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/891521.1673657296@sss.pgh.pa.us
Avoid explicitly grouping by columns that we know are redundant
for sorting, for example we need group by only one of x and y in
SELECT ... WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y
This comes up more often than you might think, as shown by the
changes in the regression tests. It's nearly free to detect too,
since we are just piggybacking on the existing logic that detects
redundant pathkeys. (In some of the existing plans that change,
it's visible that a sort step preceding the grouping step already
didn't bother to sort by the redundant column, making the old plan
a bit silly-looking.)
To do this, build processed_groupClause and processed_distinctClause
lists that omit any provably-redundant sort items, and consult those
not the originals where relevant. This means that within the
planner, one should usually consult root->processed_groupClause or
root->processed_distinctClause if one wants to know which columns
are to be grouped on; but to check whether grouping or distinct-ing
is happening at all, check non-NIL-ness of parse->groupClause or
parse->distinctClause. This is comparable to longstanding rules
about handling the HAVING clause, so I don't think it'll be a huge
maintenance problem.
nodeAgg.c also needs minor mods, because it's now possible to generate
AGG_PLAIN and AGG_SORTED Agg nodes with zero grouping columns.
Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo and David Rowley for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/185315.1672179489@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add leader_pid to pg_stat_subscription. leader_pid is the process ID of
the leader apply worker if this process is a parallel apply worker. If
this field is NULL, it indicates that the process is a leader apply
worker or a synchronization worker. The new column makes it easier to
distinguish parallel apply workers from other kinds of workers and helps
to identify the leader for the parallel workers corresponding to a
particular subscription.
Additionally, update the leader_pid column in pg_stat_activity as well to
display the PID of the leader apply worker for parallel apply workers.
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila, Shveta Mallik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
Presently, restore_command uses a different code path than
archive_cleanup_command and recovery_end_command. These code paths
are similar and can be easily combined, as long as it is possible to
identify if a command should:
- Issue a FATAL on signal.
- Exit immediately on SIGTERM.
While on it, this removes src/common/archive.c and its associated
header. Since the introduction of c96de2c, BuildRestoreCommand() has
become a simple wrapper of replace_percent_placeholders() able to call
make_native_path(). This simplifies shell_restore.c as long as
RestoreArchivedFile() includes a call to make_native_path().
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221227192449.GA3672473@nathanxps13
This makes sure that the internal logic of these functions does not
attempt to change the value of the arguments constified, and it removes
one unconstify() in basic_archive.c.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230114231126.GA2580330@nathanxps13
It's likely worth adding some automated way of preventing further
omissions. We're discussing how to best do that.
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230117173509.GV9837@telsasoft.com
test_extensions' test_ext_cine extension has the same upgrade hazard
as test_ext7: the regression test leaves it in an updated state
from which no downgrade path to default is provided. This causes
the update_extensions.sql script helpfully provided by pg_upgrade
to fail. So drop it in cross-version-upgrade testing.
Not entirely sure how come I didn't hit this in testing yesterday;
possibly I'd built the upgrade reference databases with
testmodules-install-check disabled.
Backpatch to v10 where this module was introduced.
Instead of half a dozen of mostly-duplicate conditional branches,
write one common one that can handle most catalogs. We already have
all the information we need, such as which system catalog corresponds
to which catalog table and which column is the ACL column.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/504bc485-6bd6-dd1b-fe10-e7351aeb310d@enterprisedb.com
Remove some code guarded by IS_MINUS() or IS_PLUS(), where the entire
stanza is inside an else-block where both of these are false. This
should slightly improve test coverage.
While at it, remove coding that apparently assumes that unsetting a
bit is so expensive that we have to first check if it's already set
in the first place.
Per Coverity report from Ranier Vilela
Analysis and review by Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20221223010818.GP1153%40telsasoft.com
The code that decides the apply action missed to handle non-transactional
messages and we didn't catch it in our testing as currently such messages
are simply ignored by the apply worker. This was introduced by changes in
commit 216a784829.
While testing this, I noticed that we forgot to reset stream_xid after
processing the stream stop message which could also result in the wrong
apply action after the fix for non-transactional messages.
In passing, change assert to elog for unexpected apply action in some of
the routines so as to catch the problems in the production environment, if
any.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Sawada Masahiko, Hou Zhijie
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/984ff689-adde-9977-affe-cd6029e850be@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
Entries of pg-user in pg_ident.conf that are quoted and include '\1'
allow a replacement from a subexpression in a system user regexp. This
commit adds a test to track this behavior and a note in the
documentation, as it could be affected by the use of an AuthToken for
the pg-user in the IdentLines parsed.
This subject has come up in the discussion aimed at extending the
support of pg-user in ident entries for more patterns.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQRNow4MwkBjgPxywXdJU_K3a9+Pm78JB7De3yQwwkTDew@mail.gmail.com
In 1349d2790, we gave the planner the ability to provide ORDER BY/DISTINCT
Aggrefs with presorted input so that nodeAgg would not have to perform
sorts during execution. That commit failed to properly consider the
implications of if the Aggref had a volatile function in its ORDER
BY/DISTINCT clause. As it happened, this resulted in an ERROR about the
volatile function being missing from the targetlist.
Here, instead of adding the volatile function to the targetlist, we just
never consider an Aggref with a volatile function in its ORDER BY/DISTINCT
clause when choosing which Aggrefs we should sort by. We do this as if we
were to choose a plan which provided these aggregates with presorted
input, then if there were many such aggregates which could all share the
same sort order, then it may be surprising if they all shared the same
sort sometimes and didn't at other times when some other set of aggregates
were given presorted results. We can avoid this inconsistency by just
never providing these volatile function aggregates with presorted input.
Reported-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWETioXs5kY8vT6BVguY41_wD962VDk=u_Nvd7S1UXzuQ@mail.gmail.com
To test pg_upgrade across major PG versions, we have to be able to
modify or drop any old objects with no-longer-supported properties,
and we have to be able to deal with cosmetic changes in pg_dump output.
Up to now, the buildfarm and pg_upgrade's own test infrastructure had
separate implementations of the former, and we had nothing but very
ad-hoc rules for the latter (including an arbitrary threshold on how
many lines of unchecked diff were okay!). This patch creates a Perl
module that can be shared by both those use-cases, and adds logic
that deals with pg_dump output diffs in a much more tightly defined
fashion.
This largely supersedes previous efforts in commits 0df9641d3,
9814ff550, and 62be9e4cd, which developed a SQL-script-based solution
for the task of dropping old objects. There was nothing fundamentally
wrong with that work in itself, but it had no basis for solving the
output-formatting problem. The most plausible way to deal with
formatting is to build a Perl module that can perform editing on the
dump files; and once we commit to that, it makes more sense for the
same module to also embed the knowledge of what has to be done for
dropping old objects.
Back-patch versions of the helper module as far as 9.2, to
support buildfarm animals that still test that far back.
It's also necessary to back-patch PostgreSQL/Version.pm,
because the new code depends on that. I fixed up pg_upgrade's
002_pg_upgrade.pl in v15, but did not look into back-patching
it further than that.
Tom Lane and Andrew Dunstan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/891521.1673657296@sss.pgh.pa.us
Tighten up the way that visibilitymap_set() is called: request that both
the all-visible and all-frozen bits get set whenever the all-frozen bit
is set, regardless of what we think we know about the present state of
the all-visible bit. Also make sure that the page level PD_ALL_VISIBLE
flag is set in the same code path.
In practice there doesn't seem to be a concrete scenario in which the
previous approach could lead to inconsistencies. It was almost possible
in scenarios involving concurrent HOT updates from transactions that
abort, but (unlike pruning) freezing can never remove XIDs > VACUUM's
OldestXmin, even those from transactions that are known to have aborted.
That was protective here.
These issues have been around since commit a892234f83, which added the
all-frozen bit to the VM fork. There is no known live bug here, so no
backpatch.
In passing, add some defensive assertions to catch the issue, and stop
reading the existing state of the VM when setting the VM in VACUUM's
final heap pass. We already know that affected pages must have had at
least one LP_DEAD item before we set it LP_UNUSED, so there is no point
in reading the VM when it is set like this.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznuNGSzF8v6OsgjaC5aYsb3cZ6HW6MLm30X0d65cmSH6A@mail.gmail.com
Most callers of BufFileRead() want to check whether they read the full
specified length. Checking this at every call site is very tedious.
This patch provides additional variants BufFileReadExact() and
BufFileReadMaybeEOF() that include the length checks.
I considered changing BufFileRead() itself, but this function is also
used in extensions, and so changing the behavior like this would
create a lot of problems there. The new names are analogous to the
existing LogicalTapeReadExact().
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f3501945-c591-8cc3-5ef0-b72a2e0eaa9c@enterprisedb.com
The code specific to the execution of archive_cleanup_command,
recovery_end_command and restore_command is moved to a new file named
shell_restore.c. The code is split into three functions:
- shell_restore(), that attempts the execution of a shell-based
restore_command.
- shell_archive_cleanup(), for archive_cleanup_command.
- shell_recovery_end(), for recovery_end_command.
This introduces no functional changes, with failure patterns and logs
generated in consequence being the same as before (one case actually
generates one less DEBUG2 message "could not restore" when a restore
command succeeds but the follow-up stat() to check the size fails, but
that only matters with a elevel high enough).
This is preparatory work for allowing recovery modules, a facility
similar to archive modules, with callbacks shaped similarly to the
functions introduced here.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221227192449.GA3672473@nathanxps13
While system_user was stored as an AuthToken in IdentLine, pg_user was
stored as a plain string. This commit changes the code as we start
storing pg_user as an AuthToken too.
This does not have any functional changes, as all the operations on
pg_user only use the string from the AuthToken. There is no regexp
compiled and no check based on its quoting, yet. This is in preparation
of more features that intend to extend its capabilities, like support
for regexps and group membership.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQRNow4MwkBjgPxywXdJU_K3a9+Pm78JB7De3yQwwkTDew@mail.gmail.com
int2vectorin limited the number of array elements it'd take to
FUNC_MAX_ARGS, which is probably fine for the traditional use-cases.
But now that pg_publication_rel.prattrs is an int2vector, it's not
fine at all: it's easy to construct cases where that can have up to
about MaxTupleAttributeNumber entries. Trying to replicate such
tables leads to logical-replication failures.
As long as we have to touch this code anyway, let's just remove
the a-priori limit altogether, and let it accept any size that'll
be allowed by repalloc. (Note that since int2vector isn't toastable,
we cannot store arrays longer than about BLCKSZ/2; but there is no
good excuse for letting int2vectorin depend on that. Perhaps we
will lift the no-toast restriction someday.)
While at it, also improve the equivalent logic in oidvectorin.
I don't know of any practical use-case for long oidvectors right
now, but doing it right actually makes the code shorter.
Per report from Erik Rijkers. Back-patch to v15 where
pg_publication_rel.prattrs was added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/668ba539-33c5-8190-ca11-def2913cb94b@xs4all.nl
In commit 8bf6ec3ba I assumed that no code path could reach
ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols without having gone through
ExecInitStoredGenerated. That turns out not to be the case in
logical replication: if there's an ON UPDATE trigger on the target
table, trigger.c will call this code before anybody has set up its
generated columns. Having seen that, I don't have a lot of faith in
there not being other such paths. ExecGetExtraUpdatedCols can call
ExecInitStoredGenerated for itself, as long as we are willing to
assume that it is only called in CMD_UPDATE operations, which on
the whole seems like a safer leap of faith.
Per report from Vitaly Davydov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d259d69652b8c2ff50e14cda3c236c7f@postgrespro.ru
Commit 60684dd8 left loose ends when it came to maintaining toast
tables or partitions.
For toast tables, simply skip the privilege check if the toast table
is an indirect target of the maintenance command, because the main
table privileges have already been checked.
For partitions, allow the maintenance command if the user has the
MAINTAIN privilege on the partition or any parent.
Also make CLUSTER emit "skipping" messages when the user doesn't have
privileges, similar to VACUUM.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Reported-by: Pavel Luzanov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Luzanov, Ted Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230113231339.GA2422750@nathanxps13
When VACUUM/ANALYZE are run on an entire database, it warns of
skipping relations for which the user doesn't have sufficient
privileges. That only makes sense for tables, so skip such messages
for indexes, etc.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c0a85c2e83158560314b576b6241c8ed0aea1745.camel%40j-davis.com
The prior behavior was confusing and hard to document. For instance,
if you had UPDATE privileges, you could lock a table in any lock mode
except ACCESS SHARE mode.
Now, if granted a privilege to lock at a given mode, one also has
privileges to lock at a less-conflicting mode. MAINTAIN, UPDATE,
DELETE, and TRUNCATE privileges allow any lock mode. INSERT privileges
allow ROW EXCLUSIVE (or below). SELECT privileges allow ACCESS SHARE.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9550c76535404a83156252b25a11babb4792ea1e.camel%40j-davis.com
We don't allow different column lists for the same table in the different
publications of the single subscription. A publication with a column list
except for dropped and generated columns should be considered the same as
a publication with no column list (which implicitly includes all columns
as part of the columns list). However, as we were not excluding the
dropped and generated columns from the column list combining such
publications leads to an error "cannot use different column lists for
table ...".
We decided not to backpatch this fix as there is a risk of users seeing
this as a behavior change and also we didn't see any field report of this
case.
Author: Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB631091CCBC56F195B1B9ACB0FDFE9@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
This hash table is used to cache the state of streaming transactions being
applied by the parallel apply workers. So, this should be created only
when we are successful in launching at least one worker. This avoids rare
case memory leak when we are never able to launch any worker.
Author: Ted Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALte62wg0rBR3Vj2beV=HiWo2qG9L0hzKcX=yULNER0wmf4aEw@mail.gmail.com
Regexp replacement with \1 in pg_ident.conf is tested in one check of
the kerberos test suite, still it requires a dependency on
--with-gssapi to be triggered. This commit adds to the test suite of
peer authentication two tests to check the replacement of \1 in a
pg-username, coupled with a system-username regexp:
- With a subexpression in system-username, similarly to the kerberos
test suite.
- Without a subexpression in system-username, checking for a failure.
This had no coverage until now, and the error pattern is checked in the
server logs.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQRNow4MwkBjgPxywXdJU_K3a9+Pm78JB7De3yQwwkTDew@mail.gmail.com
The WAIT_USE_EPOLL and WAIT_USE_KQUEUE implementations of
WaitEventSetWaitBlock() confused the size of their internal buffer with
the size of the caller's output buffer, and could ask the kernel for too
many events. In fact the set of events retrieved from the kernel needs
to be able to fit in both buffers, so take the smaller of the two.
The WAIT_USE_POLL and WAIT_USE WIN32 implementations didn't have this
confusion.
This probably didn't come up before because we always used the same
number in both places, but commit 7389aad6 calculates a dynamic size at
construction time, while using MAXLISTEN for its output event buffer on
the stack. That seems like a reasonable thing to want to do, so
consider this to be a pre-existing bug worth fixing.
As discovered by valgrind on skink.
Back-patch to all supported releases for epoll, and to release 13 for
the kqueue part, which copied the incorrect epoll code.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/901504.1673504836%40sss.pgh.pa.us
The current jsonpath code assumes that the referenced variable always exists.
It could only throw an error at the value valuation time. At the same time
existence checking assumes variable is present without valuation, and error
suppression doesn't work for missing variables.
This commit makes existense checking trigger an error for missing variables.
This makes the overall behavior consistent.
Backpatch to 12 where jsonpath was introduced.
Reported-by: David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwbeytffJkVnEqDyLZ%3DrQsznoTh1OgDoOF3VmOMkxcTMjA%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, David G. Johnston
Backpatch-through: 12
Const qualifiers ensure that we don't do something stupid in the
function implementation. Additionally they clarify the interface. As
an example:
void
slist_delete(slist_head *head, const slist_node *node)
Here one can instantly tell that node->next is not going to be set to
NULL. Finally, const qualifiers potentially allow the compiler to do
more optimizations. This being said, no benchmarking was done for
this patch.
The functions that return non-const pointers like slist_next_node(),
dclist_next_node() etc. are not affected by the patch intentionally.
Author: Aleksander Alekseev
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TM2%3D08mNKD9aJg8vEY9hd%2BG4L7%2BNvh30UiNT3kShgRgNg%40mail.gmail.com
The code that handles authentication for user maps was pretty confusing
with its choice of variable names. It involves two types of users: a
system user and a Postgres user (well, role), and these were not named
consistently throughout the code that processes the user maps loaded
from pg_ident.conf at authentication.
This commit changes the following things to improve the situation:
- Rename "pg_role" to "pg_user" and "token" to "system_user" in
IndetLine. These choices are more consistent with the pg_ident.conf
example in the docs, as well. "token" has been introduced recently in
fc579e1, and it is way worse than the choice before that, "ident_user".
- Switch the order of the fields in IdentLine to map with the order of
the items in the ident files, as of map name, system user and PG user.
- In check_ident_usermap(), rename "regexp_pgrole" to "expanded_pg_user"
when processing a regexp for the system user entry in a user map. This
variable does not store a regular expression at all: it would be either
a string or a substitution to \1 if the Postgres role is specified as
such.
Author: Jelte Fennema
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTkwELHUOAKhvdA+m3tWbUQySHHkExJV8GAZ1pwgbEgXg@mail.gmail.com
A comment in hba.h mentioned that AuthTokens are used when building the
IdentLines from pg_ident.conf, but since 8fea868 that has added support
of regexps for databases and roles in pg_hba.conf, it is also the case
of HBA files. This refreshes the comment to refer to both HBA and ident
files.
Issue spotted while going through a different patch.
The creation of a logical decoding context in CreateDecodingContext()
updates some data of its slot for two-phase transactions if enabled by
the caller, but the code forgot to acquire a spinlock when updating
these fields like any other code paths. This could lead to the read of
inconsistent data.
Oversight in a8fd13c.
Author: Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAD8_fp47191LKuecjDd3DYhoQ4TaucFco1_TEr_jQ-Zw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15
This reverts commit 1b4d280ea1.
It's broken the buildfarm members that run cross-version-upgrade tests,
because they're not prepared to deal with cosmetic differences between
CREATE VIEW commands emitted by older servers and HEAD. Even if we had
a solution to that, which we don't, it'd take some time to roll it out
to the affected animals. This improvement isn't valuable enough to
justify addressing that problem on an emergency basis, so revert it
for now.
Switch to a design similar to regular backends, instead of the previous
arrangement where signal handlers did non-trivial state management and
called fork(). The main changes are:
* The postmaster now has its own local latch to wait on. (For now, we
don't want other backends setting its latch directly, but that could
probably be made to work with more research on robustness.)
* The existing signal handlers are cut in two: a handle_pm_XXX() part
that just sets pending_pm_XXX flags and the latch, and a
process_pm_XXX() part that runs later when the latch is seen.
* Signal handlers are now installed with the regular pqsignal()
function rather than the special pqsignal_pm() function; historical
portability concerns about the effect of SA_RESTART on select() are no
longer relevant, and we don't need to block signals anymore.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BZ-HpOj1JsO9eWUP%2Bar7npSVinsC_npxSy%2BjdOMsx%3DGg%40mail.gmail.com
Rename the heapam.c freeze plan deduplication routines added by commit
9e540599 to names that follow conventions for functions in heapam.c.
Also relocate the functions so that they're next to their caller, which
runs during original execution, when FREEZE_PAGE WAL records are built.
The routines were initially placed next to (and followed the naming
conventions of) conceptually related REDO routine code, but that scheme
turned out to be kind of jarring when considered in a wider context.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230109214308.icz26oqvt3k2274c@awork3.anarazel.de
The rule system needs "old" and/or "new" pseudo-RTEs in rule actions
that are ON INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE. Historically it's put such entries
into the ON SELECT rules of views as well, but those are really quite
vestigial. The only thing we've used them for is to carry the
view's relid forward to AcquireExecutorLocks (so that we can
re-lock the view to verify it hasn't changed before re-using a plan)
and to carry its relid and permissions data forward to execution-time
permissions checks. What we can do instead of that is to retain
these fields of the RTE_RELATION RTE for the view even after we
convert it to an RTE_SUBQUERY RTE. This requires a tiny amount of
extra complication in the planner and AcquireExecutorLocks, but on
the other hand we can get rid of the logic that moves that data from
one place to another.
The principal immediate benefit of doing this, aside from a small
saving in the pg_rewrite data for views, is that these pseudo-RTEs
no longer trigger ruleutils.c's heuristic about qualifying variable
names when the rangetable's length is more than 1. That results
in quite a number of small simplifications in regression test outputs,
which are all to the good IMO.
Bump catversion because we need to dump a few more fields of
RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs. While those will always be zeroes anyway in
stored rules (because we'd never populate them until query rewrite)
they are useful for debugging, and it seems like we'd better make
sure to transmit such RTEs accurately in plans sent to parallel
workers. I don't think the executor actually examines these fields
after startup, but someday it might.
Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqEf7gPN4Hn+LoZ4tP2q_Qt7n3vw7-6fJKOf92tSEnX6Gg@mail.gmail.com
This appends the set of object types supported by these commands, and
the objects defined in the cluster are completed after that. Note that
these may not be in the extension being working on when using DROP, to
keep the code simple, but this is much more useful than the previous
behavior of not knowing the objects that can be touched.
Author: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm3LVM2QcUWqgOonKZH80TveT-tUthbw4ZhuE_6pD3yi-A@mail.gmail.com
Document that TransactionIdDidAbort() won't indicate that transactions
that were in-progress during a crash have aborted. Tie this to existing
discussion of the TransactionIdDidCommit() and TransactionIdDidCommit()
protocol that code in heapam_visibility.c (and a few other places) must
observe.
Follow-up to bugfix commit eb5ad4ff.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn4bEEqgmaUQL3aJ73yM9gAeK-wE4ngi7kjRjLztb+P0w@mail.gmail.com
In both partitioning and traditional inheritance, require child
columns to be GENERATED if and only if their parent(s) are.
Formerly we allowed the case of an inherited column being
GENERATED when its parent isn't, but that results in inconsistent
behavior: the column can be directly updated through an UPDATE
on the parent table, leading to it containing a user-supplied
value that might not match the generation expression. This also
fixes an oversight that we enforced partition-key-columns-can't-
be-GENERATED against parent tables, but not against child tables
that were dynamically attached to them.
Also, remove the restriction that the child's generation expression
be equivalent to the parent's. In the wake of commit 3f7836ff6,
there doesn't seem to be any reason that we need that restriction,
since generation expressions are always computed per-table anyway.
By removing this, we can also allow a child to merge multiple
inheritance parents with inconsistent generation expressions, by
overriding them with its own expression, much as we've long allowed
for DEFAULT expressions.
Since we're rejecting a case that we used to accept, this doesn't
seem like a back-patchable change. Given the lack of field
complaints about the inconsistent behavior, it's likely that no
one is doing this anyway, but we won't change it in minor releases.
Amit Langote and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2793383.1672944799@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commits cf5eb37c5 and e5b8a4c09 each created a new role that they
forgot to remove again. This breaks the use-case of running "make
installcheck" more than once, and it's also against project policy
because it'd be quite unfriendly behavior if one were running
"make installcheck" against a non-throwaway installation.
There are a number of places where a shell command is constructed with
percent-placeholders (like %x). It's cumbersome to have to open-code
this several times. This factors out this logic into a separate
function. This also allows us to ensure consistency for and document
some subtle behaviors, such as what to do with unrecognized
placeholders.
The unified handling is now that incorrect and unknown placeholders
are an error, where previously in most cases they were skipped or
ignored. This affects the following settings:
- archive_cleanup_command
- archive_command
- recovery_end_command
- restore_command
- ssl_passphrase_command
The following settings are part of this refactoring but already had
stricter error handling and should be unchanged in their behavior:
- basebackup_to_shell.command
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5238bbed-0b01-83a6-d4b2-7eb0562a054e%40enterprisedb.com
Prior to this, we only considered a full sort on the cheapest input path
and uniquifying any path which was already sorted in the required sort
order. Here we adjust create_final_distinct_paths() so that it also
adds an Incremental Sort path on any path which has presorted keys.
Additionally, this adjusts the parallel distinct code so that we now
consider sorting the cheapest partial path and incrementally sorting any
partial paths with presorted keys. Previously we didn't consider any
sorting for parallel distinct and only added a unique path atop any path
which had the required pathkeys already.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvo8Lz2H=42urBbfP65LTcEUOh288MT7DsG2_EWtW1AXHQ@mail.gmail.com
Can be set to the empty string, or to either or both of "set" or
"inherit". If set to a non-empty value, a non-superuser who creates
a role (necessarily by relying up the CREATEROLE privilege) will
grant that role back to themselves with the specified options.
This isn't a security feature, because the grant that this feature
triggers can also be performed explicitly. Instead, it's a user experience
feature. A superuser would necessarily inherit the privileges of any
created role and be able to access all such roles via SET ROLE;
with this patch, you can configure createrole_self_grant = 'set, inherit'
to provide a similar experience for a user who has CREATEROLE but not
SUPERUSER.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobN59ct+Emmz6ig1Nua2Q-_o=r6DSD98KfU53kctq_kQw@mail.gmail.com
Previously, CREATEROLE users were permitted to make nearly arbitrary
changes to roles that they didn't create, with certain exceptions,
particularly superuser roles. Instead, allow CREATEROLE users to make such
changes to roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION, and to
grant membership only in roles for which they possess ADMIN OPTION.
When a CREATEROLE user who is not a superuser creates a role, grant
ADMIN OPTION on the newly-created role to the creator, so that they
can administer roles they create or for which they have been given
privileges.
With these changes, CREATEROLE users still have very significant
powers that unprivileged users do not receive: they can alter, rename,
drop, comment on, change the password for, and change security labels
on roles. However, they can now do these things only for roles for
which they possess appropriate privileges, rather than all
non-superuser roles; moreover, they cannot grant a role such as
pg_execute_server_program unless they themselves possess it.
Patch by me, reviewed by Mark Dilger.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobN59ct+Emmz6ig1Nua2Q-_o=r6DSD98KfU53kctq_kQw@mail.gmail.com
As I suspected, some machines have even more low-order-bit
inaccuracy than the ones I tested. Tweak new test so that
(hopefully) it will pass everywhere. Per buildfarm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
We aren't using this anymore in the wake of commit 09d517773,
so delete it. We can always revert this if some future use
emerges, but I think our standards for test quality are now
high enough that that will never happen.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
We had some pretty ad-hoc and inefficient code here. To make
matters worse, it didn't test the properties of the random()
function very thoroughly, and it had a test failure rate of
one in every few tens of thousands of runs. Replace the
script altogether with new test cases that prove much more
about random()'s output, run faster, and can be calculated
to have test failure rates on the order of 1e-9.
Having done that, the failure rate of this script should be
negligible in comparison to other causes of test failures,
so remove the "ignore" marker for it in parallel_schedule.
(If it does fail, we'd like to know about that, so "ignore"
was always pretty counterproductive.)
Tom Lane and Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4173840.1673290336@sss.pgh.pa.us
This allows left join removals and unique joins to work with partitioned
tables. The planner just lacked sufficient proofs that a given join
would not cause any row duplication. Unique indexes currently serve as
that proof, so have get_relation_info() populate the indexlist for
partitioned tables too.
Author: Arne Roland
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Zhihong Yu, Amit Langote, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c3b2408b7a39433b8230bbcd02e9f302@index.de
Currently, for large transactions, the publisher sends the data in
multiple streams (changes divided into chunks depending upon
logical_decoding_work_mem), and then on the subscriber-side, the apply
worker writes the changes into temporary files and once it receives the
commit, it reads from those files and applies the entire transaction. To
improve the performance of such transactions, we can instead allow them to
be applied via parallel workers.
In this approach, we assign a new parallel apply worker (if available) as
soon as the xact's first stream is received and the leader apply worker
will send changes to this new worker via shared memory. The parallel apply
worker will directly apply the change instead of writing it to temporary
files. However, if the leader apply worker times out while attempting to
send a message to the parallel apply worker, it will switch to
"partial serialize" mode - in this mode, the leader serializes all
remaining changes to a file and notifies the parallel apply workers to
read and apply them at the end of the transaction. We use a non-blocking
way to send the messages from the leader apply worker to the parallel
apply to avoid deadlocks. We keep this parallel apply assigned till the
transaction commit is received and also wait for the worker to finish at
commit. This preserves commit ordering and avoid writing to and reading
from files in most cases. We still need to spill if there is no worker
available.
This patch also extends the SUBSCRIPTION 'streaming' parameter so that the
user can control whether to apply the streaming transaction in a parallel
apply worker or spill the change to disk. The user can set the streaming
parameter to 'on/off', or 'parallel'. The parameter value 'parallel' means
the streaming will be applied via a parallel apply worker, if available.
The parameter value 'on' means the streaming transaction will be spilled
to disk. The default value is 'off' (same as current behaviour).
In addition, the patch extends the logical replication STREAM_ABORT
message so that abort_lsn and abort_time can also be sent which can be
used to update the replication origin in parallel apply worker when the
streaming transaction is aborted. Because this message extension is needed
to support parallel streaming, parallel streaming is not supported for
publications on servers < PG16.
Author: Hou Zhijie, Wang wei, Amit Kapila with design inputs from Sawada Masahiko
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Peter Smith, Dilip Kumar, Shi yu, Kuroda Hayato, Shveta Mallik
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
GIN index scans were not taking any descent CPU-based cost into account. That
made them look cheaper than other types of indexes when they shouldn't be.
We use the same heuristic as for btree indexes, but multiply it by the number
of searched entries.
Additionally, the CPU cost for the tree was based largely on a
genericcostestimate. For a GIN index, we should not charge index quals per
tuple, but per entry. On top of this, charge cpu_index_tuple_cost per actual
tuple.
This should fix the cases where a GIN index is preferred over a btree and
the ones where a memoize node is not added on top of the GIN index scan
because it seemed too cheap.
We don't packpatch this to evade unexpected plan changes in stable versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABs3KGQnOkyQ42-zKQqiE7M0Ks9oWDSee%3D%2BJx3-TGq%3D68xqWYw%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3188617.44csPzL39Z%40aivenronan
Author: Ronan Dunklau
Reported-By: Hung Nguyen
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
This allows an optional "S" modifier to be added to \dp and \z, to
have them include system objects in the list.
Note that this also changes the behaviour of a bare \dp or \z without
the "S" modifier to include temp objects in the list, and exclude
information_schema objects, making them consistent with other psql
meta-commands.
Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Maxim Orlov.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221206193606.GB3078082@nathanxps13
After restart, we try to stream the changes for large transactions that
were not sent before server crash and restart. However, we forget to send
the abort message for such transactions. This leads to spurious streaming
files on the subscriber which won't be cleaned till the apply worker or
the subscriber server restarts.
Reported-by: Dilip Kumar
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 14
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716A773F46768A1B75BE24394FB9@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
During the development of 728202b63, which was aimed at reducing the
number of sorts required to evaluate multiple window functions with
different WindowClause definitions, the code written sorted the
WindowClauses in reverse tleSortGroupRef order. There appears to be no
discussion in the thread which was opened to discuss the development of
this patch and no comments mentioning the fact that having the
WindowClauses in reverse tleSortGroupRef order makes it more likely that
the final WindowClause to be evaluated will provide presorted input to
the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause. The reason for this is that the
tleSortGroupRef indexes are assigned for the DISTINCT and ORDER BY clauses
before they are for the WindowClauses PARTITION BY and ORDER BY clauses.
Putting the WindowClause with the lowest tleSortGroupRef last means that
it's more likely that no additional sorting is required for the query's
DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause.
All we're doing here is adding some tests and a comment to help ensure
that remains true and that we don't accidentally forget to consider this
again should we ever rewrite that code.
Author: Ankit Kumar Pandey, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvq=g2=ny59f1bvwRVvupsgPHK-KjLPBsSL25fVuGZ4idQ@mail.gmail.com
Waken related worker processes immediately at commit of a transaction
that has performed ALTER SUBSCRIPTION (including the RENAME and
OWNER variants). This reduces the response time for such operations.
In the real world that might not be worth much, but it shaves several
seconds off the runtime for the subscription test suite.
In the case of PREPARE, we just throw away this notification state;
it doesn't seem worth the work to preserve it. The workers will
still react after the eventual COMMIT PREPARED, but not as quickly.
Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221122004119.GA132961@nathanxps13
Previously this function checked to see if we were ready to switch
to two_phase mode at its start, but that's silly: we should check
at the end, after we've done the work that might make us ready.
This simple change removes one sleep cycle from the time needed to
switch to two_phase mode. In the real world that might not be
worth much, but it shaves a few seconds off the runtime for the
subscription test suite.
Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221122004119.GA132961@nathanxps13
VACUUM normally ends by running vac_update_datfrozenxid(), which
requires a scan of pg_class. Therefore, if one attempts to vacuum a
database one table at a time --- as vacuumdb has done since v12 ---
we will spend O(N^2) time in vac_update_datfrozenxid(). That causes
serious performance problems in databases with tens of thousands of
tables, and indeed the effect is measurable with only a few hundred.
To add insult to injury, only one process can run
vac_update_datfrozenxid at the same time per DB, so this behavior
largely defeats vacuumdb's -j option.
Hence, invent options SKIP_DATABASE_STATS and ONLY_DATABASE_STATS
to allow applications to postpone vac_update_datfrozenxid() until the
end of a series of VACUUM requests, and teach vacuumdb to use them.
Per bug #17717 from Gunnar L. Sadly, this answer doesn't seem
like something we'd consider back-patching, so the performance
problem will remain in v12-v15.
Tom Lane and Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17717-6c50eb1c7d23a886@postgresql.org
A schema rename should cause reporting the new qualified names of
tables to logical replication subscribers, but that wasn't happening.
Flush the RelationSyncCache to make it happen.
(If you ask me, the new test case shows that the behavior in this area
is still pretty dubious, but apparently it's operating as designed.)
Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm32vLRv5KdrDFeVC-CU+4Wg1daA55hMqOxDGJBzvd76-w@mail.gmail.com
The ALTER DATABASE|FUNCTION|PROCEDURE|ROLE|ROUTINE|USER ... SET <name>
case in psql tab completion failed to exclude <name> = "SCHEMA", which
caused ALTER FUNCTION|PROCEDURE|ROUTINE ... SET SCHEMA to complete
with "FROM CURRENT" and "TO", which won't work.
Fix that, so that those cases now complete with the list of schemas,
like other ALTER ... SET SCHEMA commands.
Noticed while testing the recent patch to improve tab completion for
ALTER FUNCTION/PROCEDURE/ROUTINE, but this is not directly related to
that patch. Rather, this is a long-standing bug, so back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm0s7GQmkLP_mx5Cvk=UzYMnjhPmXBxU8DsHEunFbC5sTg@mail.gmail.com
